diff options
author | Norbert Preining <norbert@preining.info> | 2022-06-09 03:01:00 +0000 |
---|---|---|
committer | Norbert Preining <norbert@preining.info> | 2022-06-09 03:01:00 +0000 |
commit | 16559ce13a74c7a182875559b379cac00b07efda (patch) | |
tree | 6ee63e6aadfabf9a7334e6667fa32646fd812667 /language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt | |
parent | b3aac3ae7b628835121d1f485fd49998308170e7 (diff) |
CTAN sync 202206090300
Diffstat (limited to 'language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt')
-rw-r--r-- | language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/announce.txt | 100 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/arabtex.doc | 1046 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/arabtex.faq | 120 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/arwindoc.tex | 236 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/changes.txt | 4148 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/changes2.txt | 756 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/hebrew.305 | 342 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/install.txt | 352 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/kashmiri.tex | 246 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/lppl.txt | 636 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/malay.tex | 122 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/miktex.mai | 186 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/readme.305 | 310 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/readme.txt | 184 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/sindhi.tex | 312 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/uighur.tex | 242 |
16 files changed, 4662 insertions, 4676 deletions
diff --git a/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/announce.txt b/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/announce.txt index f1217164e8..3b51bec425 100644 --- a/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/announce.txt +++ b/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/announce.txt @@ -1,50 +1,50 @@ -----------------------------------------------------------------------
- ArabTeX Version 3.11 is available
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-As of today, Oct. 23, 2003, a new version 3.11 of ArabTeX is available
-by FTP from "ftp.informatik.uni-stuttgart.de" (129.69.211.2).
-The package resides in "/pub/arabtex/", see the file "arabtex.htm".
-
-This server always carries the current version; in case of doubt check
-the version number and the date of the file /pub/arabtex/apatch.sty.
-To receive a status report you may also send an empty Email message to
-"arabtex@informatik.uni-stuttgart.de".
-
-Please observe that we are *not* the same as the (old) "Stuttgart server"!
-
-The identical package is also available from the CTAN server network:
-
- ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/languages/arabtex/ (UK)
- ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/languages/arabtex/ (Germany)
- ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/languages/arabtex/ (USA)
-
-ArabTeX is a TeX macro package with associated Naskh fonts designed to
-generate the Arabic writing from texts coded in an ASCII transliteration
-as well as in some other popular encodings for Arabic and Hebrew, e.g.
-ASMO 449, ISO 8859-6 (ASMO 708), Arabic Windows encoding, and HED.
-It is compatible with Plain TeX, LaTeX, NFSS, and the EDMAC package.
-It also cooperates well with LaTeX 2e of June 1996 or later.
-There is some support for Persian, Urdu, Pashto, and Sindhi.
-Unicode Arabic and Hebrew support is present but not extensively tested.
-
-The version 3.11 supports vowelized and non-vowelized Hebrew, and
-bidirectional line-breaking within insertions. The former limitation
-that an insertion must fit on the current line no more exists.
-
-For information on updates, see the file "changes.txt".
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
- Prof. Klaus Lagally
- Institut fuer Formale Methoden der Informatik
- Universitaet Stuttgart
- Universitaetsstrasse 38
- D-70569 Stuttgart
- GERMANY
-
- lagally@informatik.uni-stuttgart.de
- FAX: +49 - 711 - 7816 370
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Copyright (c) 1990 - 2003, Klaus Lagally
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
+---------------------------------------------------------------------- + ArabTeX Version 3.11 is available +---------------------------------------------------------------------- +As of today, Oct. 23, 2003, a new version 3.11 of ArabTeX is available +by FTP from "ftp.informatik.uni-stuttgart.de" (129.69.211.2). +The package resides in "/pub/arabtex/", see the file "arabtex.htm". + +This server always carries the current version; in case of doubt check +the version number and the date of the file /pub/arabtex/apatch.sty. +To receive a status report you may also send an empty Email message to +"arabtex@informatik.uni-stuttgart.de". + +Please observe that we are *not* the same as the (old) "Stuttgart server"! + +The identical package is also available from the CTAN server network: + + ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/languages/arabtex/ (UK) + ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/languages/arabtex/ (Germany) + ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/languages/arabtex/ (USA) + +ArabTeX is a TeX macro package with associated Naskh fonts designed to +generate the Arabic writing from texts coded in an ASCII transliteration +as well as in some other popular encodings for Arabic and Hebrew, e.g. +ASMO 449, ISO 8859-6 (ASMO 708), Arabic Windows encoding, and HED. +It is compatible with Plain TeX, LaTeX, NFSS, and the EDMAC package. +It also cooperates well with LaTeX 2e of June 1996 or later. +There is some support for Persian, Urdu, Pashto, and Sindhi. +Unicode Arabic and Hebrew support is present but not extensively tested. + +The version 3.11 supports vowelized and non-vowelized Hebrew, and +bidirectional line-breaking within insertions. The former limitation +that an insertion must fit on the current line no more exists. + +For information on updates, see the file "changes.txt". + +---------------------------------------------------------------------- + Prof. Klaus Lagally + Institut fuer Formale Methoden der Informatik + Universitaet Stuttgart + Universitaetsstrasse 38 + D-70569 Stuttgart + GERMANY + + lagally@informatik.uni-stuttgart.de + FAX: +49 - 711 - 7816 370 +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Copyright (c) 1990 - 2003, Klaus Lagally +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + diff --git a/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/arabtex.doc b/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/arabtex.doc index 524cf6fa7f..c01b077e37 100644 --- a/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/arabtex.doc +++ b/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/arabtex.doc @@ -1,523 +1,523 @@ -arabtex.doc 20.11.1993
- A r a b T e X Version 3
- ========================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-The introduction below is slightly out of date
-but may be used as a first start.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-arabtex.doc 05.11.1992
- A r a b T e X Version 2
- ========================
-
-What is ArabTeX?
-================
-
-ArabTeX is a package extending the capabilities of TeX/LaTeX to generate
-the arabic writing from an ASCII transliteration for texts in several
-languages using the arabic script.
-
-It consists of a TeX macro package and an arabic font in several sizes,
-presently only available in the Naskhi style. ArabTeX will run with Plain
-TeX and also with LaTeX; other additions to TeX have not been tried.
-
-ArabTeX is primarily intended for generating the arabic writing, but the
-scientific transcription can be also easily generated. For other languages
-using the arabic script limited support is available.
-
-
-Installing ArabTeX:
-===================
-
-The installation procedure is system dependent. You have to install the
-"nash14" font with its "*.pk" and "*.tfm" files on the font search path of
-your TeX system, and the "*.sty" files and "arabtex.tex" on the source
-search path of your system. Possibly you will have to rename the "*.pk"
-files according to local conventions, and as a last resort you can try to
-recreate the font from the "*.mf" METAFONT sources. Additional fonts if
-available are installed analogously.
-
-
-Activating ArabTeX:
-===================
-
-With Plain TeX, load the ArabTeX macros by "\input arabtex". With LaTeX,
-include the option "arabtex" in the document header. In both cases several
-additional files will be loaded automatically.
-
-ArabTeX defines several additional commands as indicated below, and also a
-large number of internal commands which could lead to storage overflow in
-a small TeX implementation. All internal commands contain an "at" sign <@>
-in their names and thus should not interfere with any user defined
-commands (but possibly with TeX extensions we do not know about).
-
-With Plain TeX, the arabic font is only available at the normal 14 point
-size which ought to cooperate well with the "cm" fonts at 10 points. For
-other sizes, change the "\magnification" or define additional font
-identifiers yourself. To change the default, inspect "arabtex.tex" and
-redefine the "\pnash" command accordingly. With LaTeX, the size changing
-commands will also operate on the arabic font.
-
-
-Input to ArabTeX:
-=================
-
-After activating ArabTeX, your modified TeX/LaTeX system will recognize
-the following items:
-
-- normal TeX/LaTeX text and commands,
-
-- short arabic quotations bracketed by < and >; these must fit on one
- line of output, and you have to select one of the Arabic writing styles,
- e.g \setarab, before using this feature. A quotation may also be started
- with \<.
-
-- longer arabic texts bracketed by \begin{arabtext} and \end{arabtext},
- called "Arabic Environments" in the sequel.
-
-An Arabic Environment consists of one or several paragraphs separated by
-blank lines or \par commands. Every paragraph and every arabic quotation
-is a sequence of the following kinds of items, separated by blank spaces
-or newlines:
-
-- isolated (legal) special characters, interpreted as the corresponding
- arabic special character;
-
-- "numbers", character sequences starting with a digit. A "number" will be
- translated in the normal writing sequence from left to right even if it
- contains letters and/or special characters;
-
-- "arabic quotes", coded as two left quotes or two right quotes each;
-
-- "words", character sequences starting with a letter or special character
- followed by a letter. The (coded) characters of a word will in the
- output be arranged from right to left.
-
-- TeX/LaTeX control sequences WITHOUT parameters. These will be executed
- immediately.
-
-- ArabTeX control sequences with or without parameters. These will be
- executed immediately.
-
-- a sequence of items enclosed in curly braces { and }. The output from
- the constituents will be arranged from right to left and must fit on one
- output line. As far as TeX is concerned, this is NO group. This feature
- may not be nested.
-
-Output from all items will be arranged from right to left, lines will be
-broken as necessary.
-
-Inside an Arabic Environment, but NOT in an arabic quotation, you may also
-have:
-
-- short mathematical insertions, bracketed by SINGLE $ signs. They must
- fit on one output line and are processed as usual;
-
-- short non-arabic text quotations, bracketed by < and >. These must fit
- on one output line and introduce a new level of grouping, so if they
- contain any TeX/LaTeX assignments the effects of these will be local.
-
-Control sequences in an Arabic Environment may be of the following kinds:
-
-- ArabTeX option changing commands. These may also be used outside an
- Arabic Environment and generally have a global effect;
-
-- \\ for a new line;
-
-- \par (or a blank line) for a new paragraph, \noindent for a new paragraph
- without indentation (NOT in arabic quotations);
-
-- \emphasize <item> will put a bar over the next <item>;
-
-- \setnash, \setnashbf, \setnastaliq font selection commands, see below;
-
-- size changing LaTeX commands like \large etc., only if you use LaTeX;
-
-- most other TeX/LaTeX commands make no sense in an Arabic Environment.
-
-- you MUST NOT nest another LaTeX environment inside an Arabic Environment
- (except possibly display math which we did not test, and might work);
-
-- if you really need to use a control sequence with parameters, define a
- new TeX macro or enclose the whole construct in curly braces { and }.
-
-
-Font selection:
-===============
-
-For space economy, only the Naskh font is available by default. With LaTeX,
-additional fonts can be loaded by the document style options "nashbf"
-and/or "nastaliq" (when available). Users of Plain TeX can load and define
-suitable fonts themselves.
-
-The following font selection commands are available:
-
-- \setnash (default) selects the Naskh font.
-
-- \setnashbf selects a bold-face version of Naskh.
-
-- \setnastaliq selects the Nastaliq font.
-
-If a font is not available or has not been loaded, the corresponding
-command will select the default font.
-
-With LaTeX, the size changing commands will also operate on the additional
-fonts.
-
-
-Input coding:
-=============
-
-The ASCII input notation for arabic text is modelled closely after the
-transliteration standards ISO/R 233 and DIN 31 635. As these standards do
-not guarantee unique re-transliteration and are also not ASCII compatible,
-some modifications were necessary. These follow the general rules:
-
-- if the transliteration uses a single letter, code that letter;
-
-- if the transliteration uses a letter with a diacritical mark, put a
- special character similar to the diacritical mark BEFORE the letter.
-
-Standard arabic and persian characters:
----------------------------------------
-
-b bah | d dal | .s ssad | f fah | h hah | ' hamza
-t tah | _d dhal | .d ddad | q qaf | w waw | N tanween
-_t thah | r rah | .t ttah | k kaf | y yah | Y alif maqsoura
-^g geem | z zay | .z tthah | l lam | g gaf | _A alif maqsoura
-.h hhah | s seen | ` `ain | m meem | p pah | T tah marbouta
-_h khah | ^s sheen | .g ghain | n noon | v vah | W waw (see below)
-
-Additional characters generally available:
-------------------------------------------
-
-c hhah with hamza
-^c gim with three dots (below)
-,c khah with three dots (above)
-^z zay with three dots (above)
-~n kaf with three dots (Ottoman)
-~l law with a bow accent (Kurdish)
-~r rah with two bows (Kurdish)
-
-See also "Urdu" and "Pashto" below.
-
-Additional coding rules:
-------------------------
-
-- For long vowels, use capital letters <A>, <I>, <U>, or <_a>, <_i>, <_u>.
-
-- As the transliteration is ambiguous, use <T> for <tah marbouta>,
- <N> for <tanween>, <Y> or <_A> for <alif maqsoura>.
-
-- Short vowels <a>, <i>, <u> need not generally be written except in the
- following cases:
- - at the beginning of a word where they generate <alif>,
- - adjacent to <hamza> where they will influence the carrier,
- - when the transcription is wanted,
- - in \fullvocalize mode.
-
-- <hamza> is denoted by a single RIGHT quote; its carrier will be
- determined from the context according to the rules for writing arabic
- words. If that is not wanted, "quote" it (see below).
-
-- <`ain> is a single LEFT quote, don't confuse it with <hamza>!
-
-- <madda> is generated by a right quote (<hamza>) before <A>: <'A>.
-
-- The "invisible letter" <|> may be inserted in order to break unwanted
- ligatures and to influence the <hamza> writing. It will not show in the
- arabic output or in the transcription.
-
-- <tashdid> is indicated by doubling the appropriate letter.
-
-- The article is always written <al-> (with hyphen!).
-
-- Hyphens <-> may be used freely, and generally do not change the writing,
- but will show up in the transcription. At the beginning and the end of a
- word they enforce the use of the connection form of the adjacent letter
- (if it exists), like e.g. in the date <1400 h->.
-
-- A double hyphen <--> between two otherwise joining letters will break
- any ligature and will insert a horizontal stroke (<tatweel>, <kashida>)
- without appearing in the transcription. It may be used repeatedly.
-
-
-Quoting:
-========
-
-A double quote <"> will modify the meaning of the following character as
-follows:
-
-- if a short vowel follows, the appropriate diacritical mark <fatha>,
- <kasra>, <damma> will be put on the preceding character even if the
- vocalization is off otherwise. If <N> follows the short vowel, the
- appropriate form of <tanween> will be generated instead. At the
- beginning of a word, <alif> is assumed as the first character. If the
- previous word ended with a vowel, <wasla> is generated instead of the
- vowel indicator.
-
-- if the following character is a single right quote, a <hamza> mark will
- be put on the preceding character even if in conflict with the <hamza>
- rules.
-
-- if the following character is the "invisible letter" <|>, the connection
- between the adjacent letters will be broken and a small space inserted.
-
-- otherwise: a <sukun> will be put on the preceding character. The
- following character will be processed again.
-
-The double quote will not show up in the transcription.
-
-
-Ligatures:
-==========
-
-There is no way to explicitly indicate ligatures as a large number of them
-are generated automatically. Any unwanted ligature can be suppressed by
-interposing the invisible letter <|> between the two letters otherwise
-combined into a ligature. After "\ligsfalse" ligatures in the middle of a
-word will not normally be produced; for some texts this looks better. You
-can return to the normal strategy by "\ligstrue".
-
-
-Vocalization:
-=============
-
-There are three modes of rendering short vowels:
-
-\fullvocalize:
- - every short vowel will generate the corresponding diacritic mark
- <fatha>, <kasra>, <damma>.
-
- - If <N> follows a short vowel, the corresponding form of <tanween> is
- generated instead.
-
- - <_a> will produce a <qur'an alif> accent instead of an explicit
- <alif> character which is coded <A>.
-
- - if a long vowel follows a consonant, the corresponding short vowel is
- implied. The long vowel itself carries no diacritical mark.
-
- - if no vowel is given after a consonant, <sukun> will be generated
- except if a double "sun letter" follows <lam>.
-
- - <alif> at the beginning of a word carries <wasla> instead of the vowel
- indicator if the preceding word ended with a vowel.
-
-\vocalize: as above, but <sukun> and <wasla> will not be generated except
- if explicitly indicated by "quoting".
-
-\novocalize: no diacritics will be generated except if explicitly asked for
- by "quoting".
-
-In all modes, a double consonant will generate <tashdid>, and <'A> always
-generates <madda> on <alif>. After <aN> the silent <alif> character is
-generated if necessary. The silent <alif> may also be explicitly indicated
-by <aNa> or <aNA>, or coded literally as <A> in \novocalize mode. If a
-silent <alif maqsoura> is wanted instead, write <aNY>, <aN_A>, <Y> or <_A>.
-A silent <alif> after <waw> is indicated by <Ua>, <UA> or <Wa>, <WA> (with
-a capital <W>!).
-
-
-Transcription:
-==============
-
-In addition to the arabic writing, the standard scientific transcription
-may also be obtained from a fully vocalized input text. This is indicated
-by "\transtrue" and may be switched off again by "\transfalse". If ONLY
-the transcription is wanted, you can deactivate the arabic writing by
-"\arabfalse"; it can be reactivated by "\arabtrue". If both modes are
-active their output will be interleaved line by line.
-
-The transcription mode assumes that the input text is in the Arabic
-language and has been coded according to the rules given above. For words
-from other languages the transcription might be in error. For Arabic text,
-the following special cases are handled:
-
-- after the article, a double consonant will be assimilated;
-
-- an initial vowel will be omitted if the preceding word ended with a
- vowel. If that is not wanted start with <hamza>.
-
-- a silent <alif> or <alif maqsoura> after <N> (<tanwin>) and <U> is
- omitted in the transcription. The same happens after <waw> if it is
- written <W>.
-
-For space economy, the transcription module is NOT loaded by default. If
-you want to use it, add the style option "atrans" with LaTeX; and with
-Plain TeX, say "\input atrans.sty".
-
-
-Support for other languages:
-============================
-
-ArabTeX is primarily intended for writing texts in classical and modern
-Arabic, but it also provides limited support for several other languages
-that are customarily written in the arabic alphabet. The vocalization and
-the transcription cannot generally be expected to be correct, but might
-work by accident.
-
-In order to switch to the conventions for one of these languages, say
-"\setfarsi", "\seturdu", "\setpashto", "\setmaghribi"; "\setarab" is the
-default and can also be used to switch back to the arabic conventions.
-
-- Farsi, Dari:
---------------
-All characters needed for writing Farsi are available by default. The
-short vowels <e> and <o> are mapped to <i> and <u>, the long vowels <E>
-and <O> to <I> and <U>.
-
-The <izafet> connection may be written literally, which may look awkward
-in the case of <h"'>, or always as <-i> (with hyphen); then the correct
-spelling will be determined from the context. Likewise the <yah-i-wahdat>
-can always be written <-I>.
-
-The final <yah> carries no dots.
-
-Farsi uses the Nasta`liq font if available.
-
-- Ottoman: see Farsi.
-----------
-
-- Kurdish: see Farsi.
-----------
-
-- Urdu:
--------
-The additional characters in Urdu are coded as follows:
-
-h always denotes the "two-eyed <hah>"
-,h the "wavy" <hah> letter
-,t <tah> with a small <ttah> accent
-,d <dal> with a small <ttah> accent
-,r <rah> with a small <ttah> accent
-.n <noon> without a dot (modifies a preceding vowel)
-E <yah bari> in the final position, otherwise mapped to <yah>
-O mapped to <U>
-
-The short vowels <e> and <o> are mapped to <a> and <u>.
-
-Note: Some of the given codings also occur in Pashto but with a different
-meaning, see below.
-
-Urdu uses the Nasta`liq font if available.
-
-- Pashto:
----------
-The additional characters for Pashto are coded as follows:
-
-,t <tah> with a small loop
-,d <dal> with a small loop
-,r <rah> with a small loop
-.n <noon> with a small loop
-g <gaf> is written with a small loop instead of a bar
-,z <rah> with one dot above and one below
-,s <sin> with one dot above and one below
-e like <a>, with a <zwarakay> mark if vocalized
-e'i <yah> with <hamza>
-E <yah> with two dots below aligned vertically
-Ey <yah> written with a final stroke
-o mapped to <u>
-O mapped to <U>
-w"' <hamza> on <waw>
-h"' <hamza> on <hah>
-
-The <qur'an alif> accent is not available for Pashto.
-
-The rules for <izafet> and <yah-i-wahdat> apply.
-
-Note: Some of the given codings also occur in Urdu but with a different
-meaning, see above. For writing some words in the Urdu style, write the
-command \seturdu and afterwards switch back to the Pashto conventions by
-\setpashto.
-
-- Maghribi:
------------
-This is just a different writing convention. <fah> is written with one dot
-below the letter, <qaf> with one dot above the normal letter form of
-<fah>. The three dots of <vah> are put below the letter. Otherwise like
-Arabic.
-
-Miscellaneous features:
-=======================
-- As ArabTeX is slow, it will produce some terminal output while running
- to indicate it is still alive. If that is not wanted, say "\quiet" or
- "\tracingarab = 0 " (outside an Arabic Environment). "\tracingarab = 1 "
- will report arabic paragraphs, a value of 2: arabic lines and insertions,
- a value of 3 or more: individual items.
-
-- Whether <yah> in the final position carries dots or not depends on the
- chosen language convention. You can override this by "\yahdots" and
- "\yahnodots".
-
-- To reproduce erroneous or archaic texts exactly as they are, the
- following additional codings are available:
-
- .k <kaf> in final position without a diacritical mark
- .f <fah> without a dot
- .b <bah> without a dot
- .n <noon> without a dot (not available for Pashto)
- Y <alif maqsoura>, <yah> without dots in all positions.
-
-How to move from Version 1 to Version 2:
-========================================
-
-Version 2 is not fully compatible with Version 1; however, moving to the
-new version should cause little problems, and is recommended as version 1
-is no longer supported. Apart from some extensions, most changes were
-introduced in order to better conform to the transliteration standards,
-and to have less compatibility problems with TeX and LaTeX. Further
-versions are expected to be upward compatible if no grave bugs turn up.
-
-The main differences between versions 1 and 2 are:
-
-- The font size has increased, so the document layout may change. The old
- font can no more be used.
-
-- Some arabic characters are now coded differently: <`ain> is denoted by a
- left quote, and <c>, <^z>, <^t>, and <.n> denote different characters
- from what they did before. This was changed in order to better conform
- to the standard transliteration.
-
-- There are a lot more ligatures than before. This normally need not
- concern the user.
-
-- \vocalize will no more generate <sukun> and <wasla> except if explicitly
- indicated by quoting. See \fullvocalize.
-
-- Arabic Environments are always bracketed by the new control sequences
- \begin{arabtext} and \end{arabtext} even if only the transcription is
- wanted.
-
-- Short arabic quotations are now bracketed by \< and > so < has its
- standard TeX meaning.
-
-We recommend converting existent input files to the new notation. If that
-is impractical in special cases, the LaTeX option "oldarabtex" and/or the
-command "\oldarabtex" will switch back to most of the old conventions (and
-problems). This shortcut will probably go away in some future version.
-
-Acknowledgments:
-================
-
-The development of ArabTeX would not have been possible without the
-assistance of many people. Apart from my local team, helpful advice came
-among others from Wolfdietrich Fischer, Ahmed El-Hadi, Abdelsalam Heddaya,
-Iqbal Khan, Tom Koornwinder, Eberhard Krueger, Asif Lakehsar, Jan Lodder,
-Richard Lorch, Eberhard Mattes, and Bernd Raichle. I also have to thank
-the many people who sent bug reports and comments.
-
-Please send bug reports, suggestions and inquiries to the author:
-=================================================================
-
-Prof. Klaus Lagally
-Institut fuer Informatik
-Universitaet Stuttgart
-Breitwiesenstrasse 20-22
-D-70565 Stuttgart
-GERMANY
-
-lagally@informatik.uni-stuttgart.de
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Copyright (c) 1990 - 1993, Klaus Lagally
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
+arabtex.doc 20.11.1993 + A r a b T e X Version 3 + ======================== +------------------------------------------------------------------------ +The introduction below is slightly out of date +but may be used as a first start. +------------------------------------------------------------------------ +arabtex.doc 05.11.1992 + A r a b T e X Version 2 + ======================== + +What is ArabTeX? +================ + +ArabTeX is a package extending the capabilities of TeX/LaTeX to generate +the arabic writing from an ASCII transliteration for texts in several +languages using the arabic script. + +It consists of a TeX macro package and an arabic font in several sizes, +presently only available in the Naskhi style. ArabTeX will run with Plain +TeX and also with LaTeX; other additions to TeX have not been tried. + +ArabTeX is primarily intended for generating the arabic writing, but the +scientific transcription can be also easily generated. For other languages +using the arabic script limited support is available. + + +Installing ArabTeX: +=================== + +The installation procedure is system dependent. You have to install the +"nash14" font with its "*.pk" and "*.tfm" files on the font search path of +your TeX system, and the "*.sty" files and "arabtex.tex" on the source +search path of your system. Possibly you will have to rename the "*.pk" +files according to local conventions, and as a last resort you can try to +recreate the font from the "*.mf" METAFONT sources. Additional fonts if +available are installed analogously. + + +Activating ArabTeX: +=================== + +With Plain TeX, load the ArabTeX macros by "\input arabtex". With LaTeX, +include the option "arabtex" in the document header. In both cases several +additional files will be loaded automatically. + +ArabTeX defines several additional commands as indicated below, and also a +large number of internal commands which could lead to storage overflow in +a small TeX implementation. All internal commands contain an "at" sign <@> +in their names and thus should not interfere with any user defined +commands (but possibly with TeX extensions we do not know about). + +With Plain TeX, the arabic font is only available at the normal 14 point +size which ought to cooperate well with the "cm" fonts at 10 points. For +other sizes, change the "\magnification" or define additional font +identifiers yourself. To change the default, inspect "arabtex.tex" and +redefine the "\pnash" command accordingly. With LaTeX, the size changing +commands will also operate on the arabic font. + + +Input to ArabTeX: +================= + +After activating ArabTeX, your modified TeX/LaTeX system will recognize +the following items: + +- normal TeX/LaTeX text and commands, + +- short arabic quotations bracketed by < and >; these must fit on one + line of output, and you have to select one of the Arabic writing styles, + e.g \setarab, before using this feature. A quotation may also be started + with \<. + +- longer arabic texts bracketed by \begin{arabtext} and \end{arabtext}, + called "Arabic Environments" in the sequel. + +An Arabic Environment consists of one or several paragraphs separated by +blank lines or \par commands. Every paragraph and every arabic quotation +is a sequence of the following kinds of items, separated by blank spaces +or newlines: + +- isolated (legal) special characters, interpreted as the corresponding + arabic special character; + +- "numbers", character sequences starting with a digit. A "number" will be + translated in the normal writing sequence from left to right even if it + contains letters and/or special characters; + +- "arabic quotes", coded as two left quotes or two right quotes each; + +- "words", character sequences starting with a letter or special character + followed by a letter. The (coded) characters of a word will in the + output be arranged from right to left. + +- TeX/LaTeX control sequences WITHOUT parameters. These will be executed + immediately. + +- ArabTeX control sequences with or without parameters. These will be + executed immediately. + +- a sequence of items enclosed in curly braces { and }. The output from + the constituents will be arranged from right to left and must fit on one + output line. As far as TeX is concerned, this is NO group. This feature + may not be nested. + +Output from all items will be arranged from right to left, lines will be +broken as necessary. + +Inside an Arabic Environment, but NOT in an arabic quotation, you may also +have: + +- short mathematical insertions, bracketed by SINGLE $ signs. They must + fit on one output line and are processed as usual; + +- short non-arabic text quotations, bracketed by < and >. These must fit + on one output line and introduce a new level of grouping, so if they + contain any TeX/LaTeX assignments the effects of these will be local. + +Control sequences in an Arabic Environment may be of the following kinds: + +- ArabTeX option changing commands. These may also be used outside an + Arabic Environment and generally have a global effect; + +- \\ for a new line; + +- \par (or a blank line) for a new paragraph, \noindent for a new paragraph + without indentation (NOT in arabic quotations); + +- \emphasize <item> will put a bar over the next <item>; + +- \setnash, \setnashbf, \setnastaliq font selection commands, see below; + +- size changing LaTeX commands like \large etc., only if you use LaTeX; + +- most other TeX/LaTeX commands make no sense in an Arabic Environment. + +- you MUST NOT nest another LaTeX environment inside an Arabic Environment + (except possibly display math which we did not test, and might work); + +- if you really need to use a control sequence with parameters, define a + new TeX macro or enclose the whole construct in curly braces { and }. + + +Font selection: +=============== + +For space economy, only the Naskh font is available by default. With LaTeX, +additional fonts can be loaded by the document style options "nashbf" +and/or "nastaliq" (when available). Users of Plain TeX can load and define +suitable fonts themselves. + +The following font selection commands are available: + +- \setnash (default) selects the Naskh font. + +- \setnashbf selects a bold-face version of Naskh. + +- \setnastaliq selects the Nastaliq font. + +If a font is not available or has not been loaded, the corresponding +command will select the default font. + +With LaTeX, the size changing commands will also operate on the additional +fonts. + + +Input coding: +============= + +The ASCII input notation for arabic text is modelled closely after the +transliteration standards ISO/R 233 and DIN 31 635. As these standards do +not guarantee unique re-transliteration and are also not ASCII compatible, +some modifications were necessary. These follow the general rules: + +- if the transliteration uses a single letter, code that letter; + +- if the transliteration uses a letter with a diacritical mark, put a + special character similar to the diacritical mark BEFORE the letter. + +Standard arabic and persian characters: +--------------------------------------- + +b bah | d dal | .s ssad | f fah | h hah | ' hamza +t tah | _d dhal | .d ddad | q qaf | w waw | N tanween +_t thah | r rah | .t ttah | k kaf | y yah | Y alif maqsoura +^g geem | z zay | .z tthah | l lam | g gaf | _A alif maqsoura +.h hhah | s seen | ` `ain | m meem | p pah | T tah marbouta +_h khah | ^s sheen | .g ghain | n noon | v vah | W waw (see below) + +Additional characters generally available: +------------------------------------------ + +c hhah with hamza +^c gim with three dots (below) +,c khah with three dots (above) +^z zay with three dots (above) +~n kaf with three dots (Ottoman) +~l law with a bow accent (Kurdish) +~r rah with two bows (Kurdish) + +See also "Urdu" and "Pashto" below. + +Additional coding rules: +------------------------ + +- For long vowels, use capital letters <A>, <I>, <U>, or <_a>, <_i>, <_u>. + +- As the transliteration is ambiguous, use <T> for <tah marbouta>, + <N> for <tanween>, <Y> or <_A> for <alif maqsoura>. + +- Short vowels <a>, <i>, <u> need not generally be written except in the + following cases: + - at the beginning of a word where they generate <alif>, + - adjacent to <hamza> where they will influence the carrier, + - when the transcription is wanted, + - in \fullvocalize mode. + +- <hamza> is denoted by a single RIGHT quote; its carrier will be + determined from the context according to the rules for writing arabic + words. If that is not wanted, "quote" it (see below). + +- <`ain> is a single LEFT quote, don't confuse it with <hamza>! + +- <madda> is generated by a right quote (<hamza>) before <A>: <'A>. + +- The "invisible letter" <|> may be inserted in order to break unwanted + ligatures and to influence the <hamza> writing. It will not show in the + arabic output or in the transcription. + +- <tashdid> is indicated by doubling the appropriate letter. + +- The article is always written <al-> (with hyphen!). + +- Hyphens <-> may be used freely, and generally do not change the writing, + but will show up in the transcription. At the beginning and the end of a + word they enforce the use of the connection form of the adjacent letter + (if it exists), like e.g. in the date <1400 h->. + +- A double hyphen <--> between two otherwise joining letters will break + any ligature and will insert a horizontal stroke (<tatweel>, <kashida>) + without appearing in the transcription. It may be used repeatedly. + + +Quoting: +======== + +A double quote <"> will modify the meaning of the following character as +follows: + +- if a short vowel follows, the appropriate diacritical mark <fatha>, + <kasra>, <damma> will be put on the preceding character even if the + vocalization is off otherwise. If <N> follows the short vowel, the + appropriate form of <tanween> will be generated instead. At the + beginning of a word, <alif> is assumed as the first character. If the + previous word ended with a vowel, <wasla> is generated instead of the + vowel indicator. + +- if the following character is a single right quote, a <hamza> mark will + be put on the preceding character even if in conflict with the <hamza> + rules. + +- if the following character is the "invisible letter" <|>, the connection + between the adjacent letters will be broken and a small space inserted. + +- otherwise: a <sukun> will be put on the preceding character. The + following character will be processed again. + +The double quote will not show up in the transcription. + + +Ligatures: +========== + +There is no way to explicitly indicate ligatures as a large number of them +are generated automatically. Any unwanted ligature can be suppressed by +interposing the invisible letter <|> between the two letters otherwise +combined into a ligature. After "\ligsfalse" ligatures in the middle of a +word will not normally be produced; for some texts this looks better. You +can return to the normal strategy by "\ligstrue". + + +Vocalization: +============= + +There are three modes of rendering short vowels: + +\fullvocalize: + - every short vowel will generate the corresponding diacritic mark + <fatha>, <kasra>, <damma>. + + - If <N> follows a short vowel, the corresponding form of <tanween> is + generated instead. + + - <_a> will produce a <qur'an alif> accent instead of an explicit + <alif> character which is coded <A>. + + - if a long vowel follows a consonant, the corresponding short vowel is + implied. The long vowel itself carries no diacritical mark. + + - if no vowel is given after a consonant, <sukun> will be generated + except if a double "sun letter" follows <lam>. + + - <alif> at the beginning of a word carries <wasla> instead of the vowel + indicator if the preceding word ended with a vowel. + +\vocalize: as above, but <sukun> and <wasla> will not be generated except + if explicitly indicated by "quoting". + +\novocalize: no diacritics will be generated except if explicitly asked for + by "quoting". + +In all modes, a double consonant will generate <tashdid>, and <'A> always +generates <madda> on <alif>. After <aN> the silent <alif> character is +generated if necessary. The silent <alif> may also be explicitly indicated +by <aNa> or <aNA>, or coded literally as <A> in \novocalize mode. If a +silent <alif maqsoura> is wanted instead, write <aNY>, <aN_A>, <Y> or <_A>. +A silent <alif> after <waw> is indicated by <Ua>, <UA> or <Wa>, <WA> (with +a capital <W>!). + + +Transcription: +============== + +In addition to the arabic writing, the standard scientific transcription +may also be obtained from a fully vocalized input text. This is indicated +by "\transtrue" and may be switched off again by "\transfalse". If ONLY +the transcription is wanted, you can deactivate the arabic writing by +"\arabfalse"; it can be reactivated by "\arabtrue". If both modes are +active their output will be interleaved line by line. + +The transcription mode assumes that the input text is in the Arabic +language and has been coded according to the rules given above. For words +from other languages the transcription might be in error. For Arabic text, +the following special cases are handled: + +- after the article, a double consonant will be assimilated; + +- an initial vowel will be omitted if the preceding word ended with a + vowel. If that is not wanted start with <hamza>. + +- a silent <alif> or <alif maqsoura> after <N> (<tanwin>) and <U> is + omitted in the transcription. The same happens after <waw> if it is + written <W>. + +For space economy, the transcription module is NOT loaded by default. If +you want to use it, add the style option "atrans" with LaTeX; and with +Plain TeX, say "\input atrans.sty". + + +Support for other languages: +============================ + +ArabTeX is primarily intended for writing texts in classical and modern +Arabic, but it also provides limited support for several other languages +that are customarily written in the arabic alphabet. The vocalization and +the transcription cannot generally be expected to be correct, but might +work by accident. + +In order to switch to the conventions for one of these languages, say +"\setfarsi", "\seturdu", "\setpashto", "\setmaghribi"; "\setarab" is the +default and can also be used to switch back to the arabic conventions. + +- Farsi, Dari: +-------------- +All characters needed for writing Farsi are available by default. The +short vowels <e> and <o> are mapped to <i> and <u>, the long vowels <E> +and <O> to <I> and <U>. + +The <izafet> connection may be written literally, which may look awkward +in the case of <h"'>, or always as <-i> (with hyphen); then the correct +spelling will be determined from the context. Likewise the <yah-i-wahdat> +can always be written <-I>. + +The final <yah> carries no dots. + +Farsi uses the Nasta`liq font if available. + +- Ottoman: see Farsi. +---------- + +- Kurdish: see Farsi. +---------- + +- Urdu: +------- +The additional characters in Urdu are coded as follows: + +h always denotes the "two-eyed <hah>" +,h the "wavy" <hah> letter +,t <tah> with a small <ttah> accent +,d <dal> with a small <ttah> accent +,r <rah> with a small <ttah> accent +.n <noon> without a dot (modifies a preceding vowel) +E <yah bari> in the final position, otherwise mapped to <yah> +O mapped to <U> + +The short vowels <e> and <o> are mapped to <a> and <u>. + +Note: Some of the given codings also occur in Pashto but with a different +meaning, see below. + +Urdu uses the Nasta`liq font if available. + +- Pashto: +--------- +The additional characters for Pashto are coded as follows: + +,t <tah> with a small loop +,d <dal> with a small loop +,r <rah> with a small loop +.n <noon> with a small loop +g <gaf> is written with a small loop instead of a bar +,z <rah> with one dot above and one below +,s <sin> with one dot above and one below +e like <a>, with a <zwarakay> mark if vocalized +e'i <yah> with <hamza> +E <yah> with two dots below aligned vertically +Ey <yah> written with a final stroke +o mapped to <u> +O mapped to <U> +w"' <hamza> on <waw> +h"' <hamza> on <hah> + +The <qur'an alif> accent is not available for Pashto. + +The rules for <izafet> and <yah-i-wahdat> apply. + +Note: Some of the given codings also occur in Urdu but with a different +meaning, see above. For writing some words in the Urdu style, write the +command \seturdu and afterwards switch back to the Pashto conventions by +\setpashto. + +- Maghribi: +----------- +This is just a different writing convention. <fah> is written with one dot +below the letter, <qaf> with one dot above the normal letter form of +<fah>. The three dots of <vah> are put below the letter. Otherwise like +Arabic. + +Miscellaneous features: +======================= +- As ArabTeX is slow, it will produce some terminal output while running + to indicate it is still alive. If that is not wanted, say "\quiet" or + "\tracingarab = 0 " (outside an Arabic Environment). "\tracingarab = 1 " + will report arabic paragraphs, a value of 2: arabic lines and insertions, + a value of 3 or more: individual items. + +- Whether <yah> in the final position carries dots or not depends on the + chosen language convention. You can override this by "\yahdots" and + "\yahnodots". + +- To reproduce erroneous or archaic texts exactly as they are, the + following additional codings are available: + + .k <kaf> in final position without a diacritical mark + .f <fah> without a dot + .b <bah> without a dot + .n <noon> without a dot (not available for Pashto) + Y <alif maqsoura>, <yah> without dots in all positions. + +How to move from Version 1 to Version 2: +======================================== + +Version 2 is not fully compatible with Version 1; however, moving to the +new version should cause little problems, and is recommended as version 1 +is no longer supported. Apart from some extensions, most changes were +introduced in order to better conform to the transliteration standards, +and to have less compatibility problems with TeX and LaTeX. Further +versions are expected to be upward compatible if no grave bugs turn up. + +The main differences between versions 1 and 2 are: + +- The font size has increased, so the document layout may change. The old + font can no more be used. + +- Some arabic characters are now coded differently: <`ain> is denoted by a + left quote, and <c>, <^z>, <^t>, and <.n> denote different characters + from what they did before. This was changed in order to better conform + to the standard transliteration. + +- There are a lot more ligatures than before. This normally need not + concern the user. + +- \vocalize will no more generate <sukun> and <wasla> except if explicitly + indicated by quoting. See \fullvocalize. + +- Arabic Environments are always bracketed by the new control sequences + \begin{arabtext} and \end{arabtext} even if only the transcription is + wanted. + +- Short arabic quotations are now bracketed by \< and > so < has its + standard TeX meaning. + +We recommend converting existent input files to the new notation. If that +is impractical in special cases, the LaTeX option "oldarabtex" and/or the +command "\oldarabtex" will switch back to most of the old conventions (and +problems). This shortcut will probably go away in some future version. + +Acknowledgments: +================ + +The development of ArabTeX would not have been possible without the +assistance of many people. Apart from my local team, helpful advice came +among others from Wolfdietrich Fischer, Ahmed El-Hadi, Abdelsalam Heddaya, +Iqbal Khan, Tom Koornwinder, Eberhard Krueger, Asif Lakehsar, Jan Lodder, +Richard Lorch, Eberhard Mattes, and Bernd Raichle. I also have to thank +the many people who sent bug reports and comments. + +Please send bug reports, suggestions and inquiries to the author: +================================================================= + +Prof. Klaus Lagally +Institut fuer Informatik +Universitaet Stuttgart +Breitwiesenstrasse 20-22 +D-70565 Stuttgart +GERMANY + +lagally@informatik.uni-stuttgart.de +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Copyright (c) 1990 - 1993, Klaus Lagally +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + diff --git a/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/arabtex.faq b/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/arabtex.faq index 50c49fda33..db0f27fd5a 100644 --- a/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/arabtex.faq +++ b/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/arabtex.faq @@ -1,67 +1,53 @@ -arabtex.faq 17.11.1993
- What ArabTeX is NOT
- ===================
-
-From some enquiries following the release of ArabTeX Version 1 we learned
-there are many possible misconceptions about what ArabTeX can and cannot
-do. ArabTeX is
-
-- NOT a convenient, simple text system for everyday use. As with TeX and
- LaTeX, it needs some practicing to work with it efficiently, and you
- have to understand what you are writing.
-
-- NOT a WYSIWYG system. You need some text editor to produce the ASCII
- input file it reads, and you have to format your document off-line in
- order to look at its final form. However, the input should be fairly
- readable, and you can make a good guess what the output it produces will
- look like.
-
-- NOT a preprocessor to produce input for TeX. It will directly extend
- your TeX system's capabilities IFF your TeX system can be extended by
- loading additional macros and fonts, AND is large enough not to
- overflow.
-
-- NOT a substitute for a calligrapher. A competent human will do a much
- better job, as also will a good printing shop. However, we found not all
- printing shops are good, and at least outside the arabic world a good
- calligrapher is hard to find.
-
-- NOT an automatic translator between Arabic and any other language. That
- possibility is probably still very far off. However, ArabTeX may help
- you by observing numerous schematic rules about writing, transliteration
- and transcription of Arabic text.
-
-- NOT using any Artificial Intelligence techniques. The rules it observes
- are frozen into its algorithm, and as there are many rules and special
- cases, it is complicated (and slow).
-
-- NOT depending on special hardware and/or a special keyboard. It will run
- on any PC or work station in conjunction with a TeX implementation that
- is easily extensible and large enough.
-
-- NOT perfect and not free of errors (alas!). We will consider any bug
- report and any suggestion for new features and other changes. However,
- we cannot promise to fix every bug as our resources (primarily time) are
- limited, and we reserve the right to use our own judgment concerning
- possible changes.
-
-- NOT particularly efficient up to now. We concentrated on getting it
- running correctly first, and tuning should (and will) come later. There
- is ample opportunity for improvements but they could take some time.
-
-- NOT terribly expensive. In fact, it is free for scientific and strictly
- private, noncommercial use. For commercial purposes you need a license
- agreement; inquire at the author's address.
-
- Prof. Klaus Lagally
- Institut fuer Informatik
- Universitaet Stuttgart
- Breitwiesenstrasse 20-22
- D-70565 Stuttgart
- GERMANY
-
- lagally@informatik.uni-stuttgart.de
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Copyright (c) 1990 - 1993, Klaus Lagally
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+arabtex.faq 06.08.2022 + What ArabTeX is NOT + =================== + +From some enquiries following the release of ArabTeX Version 1 we learned +there are many possible misconceptions about what ArabTeX can and cannot +do. ArabTeX is + +- NOT a convenient, simple text system for everyday use. As with TeX and + LaTeX, it needs some practicing to work with it efficiently, and you + have to understand what you are writing. + +- NOT a WYSIWYG system. You need some text editor to produce the ASCII + input file it reads, and you have to format your document off-line in + order to look at its final form. However, the input should be fairly + readable, and you can make a good guess what the output it produces will + look like. + +- NOT a preprocessor to produce input for TeX. It will directly extend + your TeX system's capabilities IFF your TeX system can be extended by + loading additional macros and fonts, AND is large enough not to + overflow. + +- NOT a substitute for a calligrapher. A competent human will do a much + better job, as also will a good printing shop. However, we found not all + printing shops are good, and at least outside the arabic world a good + calligrapher is hard to find. + +- NOT an automatic translator between Arabic and any other language. That + possibility is probably still very far off. However, ArabTeX may help + you by observing numerous schematic rules about writing, transliteration + and transcription of Arabic text. + +- NOT using any Artificial Intelligence techniques. The rules it observes + are frozen into its algorithm, and as there are many rules and special + cases, it is complicated (and slow). + +- NOT depending on special hardware and/or a special keyboard. It will run + on any PC or work station in conjunction with a TeX implementation that + is easily extensible and large enough. + +- NOT perfect and not free of errors (alas!). We will consider any bug + report and any suggestion for new features and other changes. However, + we cannot promise to fix every bug as our resources (primarily time) are + limited, and we reserve the right to use our own judgment concerning + possible changes. + +- NOT particularly efficient up to now. We concentrated on getting it + running correctly first. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Copyright (c) 1990 - 2022, Klaus Lagally +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/arwindoc.tex b/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/arwindoc.tex index 94549cb437..58f6e0e7a1 100644 --- a/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/arwindoc.tex +++ b/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/arwindoc.tex @@ -1,118 +1,118 @@ -% arwindoc.tex
-% 9 Apr 1997
-%
-\documentclass[12pt]{article}
-\usepackage{arabtex}
-
-\begin {document}
-
-
-\begin{table}[htbp]
-\begin{center}
-\novocalize \setarab
-\small \tabcolsep 4.5pt
-
-\def \sun {% sun symbol
-\unitlength 0.2em
-\begin{picture}(4,4)(-1.4,-1.2)
-\put(0.6,0.2){\circle{1.6}}
-\put(+1.0,+1.0){.} \put(+1.0,-1.0){.}
-\put(-1.0,-1.0){.} \put(-1.0,+1.0){.}
-\put(+0.8,+0.8){.} \put(+0.8,-0.8){.}
-\put(-0.8,-0.8){.} \put(-0.8,+0.8){.}
-\end{picture}}
-
-\def \mc #1{\multicolumn{2}{c|}{#1}}
-
-
-\begin{tabular}
-{|c||@{}c@{}|@{}c@{}|c|@{}c@{}|@{}c@{}|c|c|c|c|c|c|@{}c@{}|c|c|c|c|@{}c@{%
-\vrule height 15pt depth 9pt width 0pt}||}
-\hline
- & 00& 01& 02&\mc{03}&04&05 &06&07&08&09&10&11&12& 13 & 14 & 15 \\
-\hline
-\hline
-00 &NUL&DLE&SP &0& \<0> &@& P & ` & p && &NSP& & & \<_d> & & \<|B"aN> \\
-\hline
-01 &SOH&DC1&! &1& \<1> &A& Q & a & q &&&\<,> && \<-'> & \<r> & \<l> & \<|B"uN> \\
-\hline
-02 &STX&DC2&" &2& \<2> &B& R & b & r &&&&& \<'A> & \<z> & & \<|B"iN> \\
-\hline
-03 &ETX&DC3&\# &3& \<3> &C& S & c & s &&&&& \<'a> & \<s> & \<m> & \<|B"a> \\
-\hline
-04 &EOT&DC4&\$ &4& \<4> &D& T & d & t &&&&&\<w"'>& \<^s> & \<n> & \\
-\hline
-05 &ENQ&NAK&\% &5& \<5> &E& U & e & u &&&&& \<'i> & \<.s> & \<h> & \<|B"u> \\
-\hline
-06 &ACK&SYN&\& &6& \<6> &F& V & f & v &&&&& \<Y"'->& \<.d> & \<w> & \<|B"i> \\
-\hline
-07 &BEL&ETB& ' &7& \<7> &G& W & g & w &&&&& \<a> & & & \\
-\hline
-08 &BS &CAN& ) &8& \<8> &H& X & h & x &&&&& \<b> & \<.t> & & \<|BB> \\
-\hline
-09 &HT &EM & ( &9& \<9> &I& Y & i & y &&&&& \<T> & \<.z> & & \\
-\hline
-10 &LF &SUB&$*$&\mc{:} &J& Z & j & z &&&&\<;>& \<t> & \<`> & & \<|B"> \\
-\hline
-11 &VT &ESC&$+$&\mc{;} &K&\verb"]"&k&\verb"}"&&&&&\<_t>&\<.g>& & \\
-\hline
-12 &FF &IS4& , &\mc{$>$}&L&\verb"\"&l&\verb"|"&&&& &\<^g>&\<B|B|B> & \<Y> & \\
-\hline
-13 &CR &IS3&$-$&\mc{$=$}&M&\verb"["&m&\verb"{"&&&SHY& &\<.h>& \<f> & \<y> & \\
-\hline
-14 &SO &IS2& . &\mc{$<$}&N&\verb"^"&n&\verb"~"& & & & &\<_h>&\<q>& & \\
-\hline
-15 &SI &IS1& / &\mc{?} &O&\verb"_"&o& & & & & \<?> &\<d> &\<k>& &DEL\\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-%\caption{MS Windows with arabic support code table}\label{awin}
-\caption{MS Arabic Windows code table (CP 1256)}\label{awin}
-\end{table}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-The file \verb"arabwin.sty" contains a reading module for the
-{\em MS-Windows with arabic support} code.
-It is installed by the \LaTeX\ option \verb"arabwin"
-or by \verb"\input arabwin.sty".
-The module is activated by \verb"\setcode {arabwin}";
-all following Arabic text will be considered to be coded according to
-the {\em MS-Windows with arabic support} standard.
-The ArabTeX notation may be reactivated by \verb"\setcode {arabtex}".
- \index{code!MS-Windows}
- \index{MS-Windows}
- \index{code!8-bit}
- \index{\setcode{arabwin}}
- \index{\setcode{arabtex}}
-
-The {\em MS-Windows with arabic support} code (see Table \ref{awin})
-is an 8-bit code closely related both to 7-bit ASCII;
-whereas the lower 128 positions are identical to
-ASCII (ISO 646), some of the upper 128 positions contain the Arabic characters
-plus additional graphic and control characters.
- \index{code!ASCII}
-
-We reuse the ASMO 449
-reading routines, after suitable modification of the input.
-This only works correctly if the input text does not contain
-genuine ASCII letters, as we
-project the Arabic characters onto their locations in ASMO 449.
-Please note that only the characters that appear in Table \ref{awin}
-are correctly processed.
-Some of the code switching messages in the log file are spurious;
-do not worry.
-
-The notes on vowelization and transliteration of ASMO 449 apply also.
-
-The driver file indicated for ASMO 449 will be usable after the
-obvious modifications; however, your \TeX\ installation must be
-capable of processing 8-bit data input.
-This is nowadays usually the case; otherwise you can try to
-locally find some utility program that will strip the highest order bit
-off the characters in your file, and process the result via ASMO 449.
-
-\end {document}
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% EOF %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-
+% arwindoc.tex +% 9 Apr 1997 +% +\documentclass[12pt]{article} +\usepackage{arabtex} + +\begin {document} + + +\begin{table}[htbp] +\begin{center} +\novocalize \setarab +\small \tabcolsep 4.5pt + +\def \sun {% sun symbol +\unitlength 0.2em +\begin{picture}(4,4)(-1.4,-1.2) +\put(0.6,0.2){\circle{1.6}} +\put(+1.0,+1.0){.} \put(+1.0,-1.0){.} +\put(-1.0,-1.0){.} \put(-1.0,+1.0){.} +\put(+0.8,+0.8){.} \put(+0.8,-0.8){.} +\put(-0.8,-0.8){.} \put(-0.8,+0.8){.} +\end{picture}} + +\def \mc #1{\multicolumn{2}{c|}{#1}} + + +\begin{tabular} +{|c||@{}c@{}|@{}c@{}|c|@{}c@{}|@{}c@{}|c|c|c|c|c|c|@{}c@{}|c|c|c|c|@{}c@{% +\vrule height 15pt depth 9pt width 0pt}||} +\hline + & 00& 01& 02&\mc{03}&04&05 &06&07&08&09&10&11&12& 13 & 14 & 15 \\ +\hline +\hline +00 &NUL&DLE&SP &0& \<0> &@& P & ` & p && &NSP& & & \<_d> & & \<|B"aN> \\ +\hline +01 &SOH&DC1&! &1& \<1> &A& Q & a & q &&&\<,> && \<-'> & \<r> & \<l> & \<|B"uN> \\ +\hline +02 &STX&DC2&" &2& \<2> &B& R & b & r &&&&& \<'A> & \<z> & & \<|B"iN> \\ +\hline +03 &ETX&DC3&\# &3& \<3> &C& S & c & s &&&&& \<'a> & \<s> & \<m> & \<|B"a> \\ +\hline +04 &EOT&DC4&\$ &4& \<4> &D& T & d & t &&&&&\<w"'>& \<^s> & \<n> & \\ +\hline +05 &ENQ&NAK&\% &5& \<5> &E& U & e & u &&&&& \<'i> & \<.s> & \<h> & \<|B"u> \\ +\hline +06 &ACK&SYN&\& &6& \<6> &F& V & f & v &&&&& \<Y"'->& \<.d> & \<w> & \<|B"i> \\ +\hline +07 &BEL&ETB& ' &7& \<7> &G& W & g & w &&&&& \<a> & & & \\ +\hline +08 &BS &CAN& ) &8& \<8> &H& X & h & x &&&&& \<b> & \<.t> & & \<|BB> \\ +\hline +09 &HT &EM & ( &9& \<9> &I& Y & i & y &&&&& \<T> & \<.z> & & \\ +\hline +10 &LF &SUB&$*$&\mc{:} &J& Z & j & z &&&&\<;>& \<t> & \<`> & & \<|B"> \\ +\hline +11 &VT &ESC&$+$&\mc{;} &K&\verb"]"&k&\verb"}"&&&&&\<_t>&\<.g>& & \\ +\hline +12 &FF &IS4& , &\mc{$>$}&L&\verb"\"&l&\verb"|"&&&& &\<^g>&\<B|B|B> & \<Y> & \\ +\hline +13 &CR &IS3&$-$&\mc{$=$}&M&\verb"["&m&\verb"{"&&&SHY& &\<.h>& \<f> & \<y> & \\ +\hline +14 &SO &IS2& . &\mc{$<$}&N&\verb"^"&n&\verb"~"& & & & &\<_h>&\<q>& & \\ +\hline +15 &SI &IS1& / &\mc{?} &O&\verb"_"&o& & & & & \<?> &\<d> &\<k>& &DEL\\ +\hline +\end{tabular} +\end{center} +%\caption{MS Windows with arabic support code table}\label{awin} +\caption{MS Arabic Windows code table (CP 1256)}\label{awin} +\end{table} + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +The file \verb"arabwin.sty" contains a reading module for the +{\em MS-Windows with arabic support} code. +It is installed by the \LaTeX\ option \verb"arabwin" +or by \verb"\input arabwin.sty". +The module is activated by \verb"\setcode {arabwin}"; +all following Arabic text will be considered to be coded according to +the {\em MS-Windows with arabic support} standard. +The ArabTeX notation may be reactivated by \verb"\setcode {arabtex}". + \index{code!MS-Windows} + \index{MS-Windows} + \index{code!8-bit} + \index{\setcode{arabwin}} + \index{\setcode{arabtex}} + +The {\em MS-Windows with arabic support} code (see Table \ref{awin}) +is an 8-bit code closely related both to 7-bit ASCII; +whereas the lower 128 positions are identical to +ASCII (ISO 646), some of the upper 128 positions contain the Arabic characters +plus additional graphic and control characters. + \index{code!ASCII} + +We reuse the ASMO 449 +reading routines, after suitable modification of the input. +This only works correctly if the input text does not contain +genuine ASCII letters, as we +project the Arabic characters onto their locations in ASMO 449. +Please note that only the characters that appear in Table \ref{awin} +are correctly processed. +Some of the code switching messages in the log file are spurious; +do not worry. + +The notes on vowelization and transliteration of ASMO 449 apply also. + +The driver file indicated for ASMO 449 will be usable after the +obvious modifications; however, your \TeX\ installation must be +capable of processing 8-bit data input. +This is nowadays usually the case; otherwise you can try to +locally find some utility program that will strip the highest order bit +off the characters in your file, and process the result via ASMO 449. + +\end {document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% EOF %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + + diff --git a/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/changes.txt b/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/changes.txt index a82914b6e9..9bb3a84f31 100644 --- a/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/changes.txt +++ b/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/changes.txt @@ -1,2074 +1,2074 @@ -CHANGES.TXT 23.10.2003
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ArabTeX Version 3
- =================
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- NOTE: Version management:
-
- - We distinguish major versions "m.00", minor versions "m.nn-"
- with nn > 0, and patch versions "m.nnx" where "x" is a letter.
-
- - to update from an older major version: reinstall completely.
-
- - to update from an older minor version: replace the contents of
- "TEXINPUT" and, if so indicated, "REPORT". Replace the fonts
- only if so indicated explicitly.
-
- - to update to a newer patch version: replace the ASCII file
- "apatch.sty" and, if you use Hebrew, "hepatch.sty". These files
- are distributed as unpacked text files, and will be applied
- automatially whenever starting ArabTeX.
-
- - Patch versions within the same minor version are cumulative, so
- a newer patch will encompass all earlier versions.
-
- - To back out from a patch version, replace "apatch.sty" by an
- earlier version (within the same minor version only!) if still
- locally available, or else edit out the current additions from
- "apatch.sty" and, if applicable, "hepatch.sty" (save a copy
- first!). Also please inform the author why you backed out.
-
- - There is no provision to return gracefully to earlier minor or
- even major versions. We can make them available on request, but
- you should have good reasons, and there will be no support.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-23.10.2003: Version 3.11d
-
- Fixes:
-
- - In the Arabic document classes, the formatting of the table
- of contents was improved. A strange bug was corrected.
-
- - A storage leak was found which prevented the formatting of
- longer documents, leading to 'save stack overflow'.
-
- - A bug in the ligatures module was found which used to produce
- bogus messages 'missing letter y in font xnsh14' and to
- slightly interfere with correct vowelization.
-
- - A bug in the output module was found which used to produce
- bogus messages 'underfull vbox while \output was active'.
- The fix might slightly influence page breaking.
-
- New features:
-
- - There is now limited support for Arabized LyX.
- Since there are no 'italic', 'slanted', 'sanserif' etc. fonts
- available for ArabTeX, all special font variants are presently
- mapped into 'bold face'. This could be changed at the user's
- request; please send any suggestions to the author.
-
- - The messages in the LOG file are less verbose now.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty".
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-17.09.2003: Version 3.11c
-
- Fixes:
-
- - in Hebrew mode, a spurious 'shwa' on 'gimel' was fixed.
-
- New features:
-
- - Hebrew mode provides a new command \setjudarab to activate
- an experimental Judaeo-Arabic mode. Input is supposed to be
- Arabic in the standard transliteration encoding (other modes
- might work by accident), output is an extended Hebrew writing
- in the chosen Hebrew font, and the standard transliteration
- when activated. Arabic vowels are presently not provided; the
- Hebrew vowels work but are presumably of no use.
-
- Caution: The new mode can be expected to contain errors. We
- do not know the exact writing conventions, and have no access
- to any relevant literature. Scholars in the field are urged
- to contact the author. Comments and suggestions are invited.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty".
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-08.09.2003: Version 3.11b
-
- Fixes:
-
- - the selection of fonts in Arabic and Hebrew mode has been
- drastically changed, and several logical errors have been
- eliminated. Some of the remaining bugs have been fixed.
-
- - Hebrew Plain mode works again. To use it, download the new
- version of 'hebtex.tex'(!), the Hebrew Plain driver. The
- corrections cannot be handled by "apatch.sty" alone.
-
- New features:
-
- - ArabTeX now seems to cooperate with LyX in Arabic and Hebrew
- mode.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty".
-
- - in case you are using the Hebrew Plain mode (and only then)
- also download the new version of the driver module "hebtex.tex"
- (not "hebtex.sty"!)
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-27.08.2003: Version 3.11a
-
- Fixes:
-
- - the 'hanging heh' in Urdu mode has been fixed.
-
- - the selection of fonts in Arabic and Hebrew mode has been
- drastically changed, and several logical errors have been
- eliminated. Hopefully there are not too many new bugs.
-
- - Hebrew Plain mode should work again. If you are not directly
- concerned, forget it; tests are going on. The necessary
- corrections cannot be handled by "apatch.sty" alone, see the
- remarks below.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty".
-
- - in case you are using the Hebrew Plain mode (and only then)
- also download the new version of the driver module "hebtex.tex"
- (not "hebtex.sty"!)
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-22.08.2002: Version 3.11
-
- Status:
-
- - This is a new minor version. All existing patches have been
- merged into the respective macro files. To install it, load
- and replace all macros in the subdirectory "TEXINPUT"; there
- are some new files, and some have been extensively rewritten!
- The functionality is supposed to be unchanged.
-
- - Distribution and modification of ArabTeX is now governed by
- the Latex Project Public License (see LPPL.TXT).
-
- - We recommend installing of the fonts "xnash14" and "xnash14bf"
- to obtain better quality of output. These fonts are now the
- default; to revert to the old font versions use the command
- "\oldarabfont".
-
- New features:
-
- - In Hebrew mode, all standard fonts available on CTAN are now
- supported, including the possibility of generating vowel points
- in \vocalize mode.
-
- Bugs:
-
- - Hebrew Plain TeX mode is currently broken.
-
- Installation:
-
- - Download the contents of "TEXINPUT", and in case of any font
- problems also "MFINPUT".
-
- - In case of problems with old DVI files regenerate them; or else
- download "arabsymb.mf" and regenerate the font "nash14".
-
-==========================================================================
-23.04.2003: Version 3.10k
-
- Fixes:
-
- - some glitches in Farsi mode were fixed.
-
- - in Uighuric mode, some transcriptions were missing.
-
- - in Urdu mode, final 'wavy hah' is generated now.
-
- New features:
-
- - in Uighuric mode, <:s> produces 'sin' with three dots below.
- <A> produces 'alif' with 'madda', so does <^A>.
-
- - in Farsi mode and its descendants, 'kasra' on a double letter
- will be positioned below the letter instead of below the
- 'shadda' mark. This feature will later become an option.
-
- - the internal test mode is less verbose. This need not concern
- normal users.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty".
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-16.11.2002: Version 3.10j
-
- Fixes:
-
- - the handling of 'ayin' in Hebrew mode was improved.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty".
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-14.11.2002: Version 3.10i
-
- Fixes:
-
- - "matres lectionis" in Hebrew work better.
-
- - Version 3.10h was broken on some servers!
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty".
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-28.08.2002: Version 3.10h
-
- Fixes:
-
- - The math command \cap was broken.
-
- - Line breaking of Roman insertions within Arabic mode seems to
- work correctly now.
-
- New features:
-
- - There is formally a new language mode \setbalut for Balochy.
- Presently it is mapped to \setpashto but will be extended as
- soon as the exact writing rules are known.
-
- - The command \cond #1{#2}{#3}\fi will expand to either #2 or #3
- depending on the TeX conditional #1. It is nearly equivalent
- to #1 #2\else #3\fi but may also be used in Arabic mode. The
- command is skippable and fully expandable.
-
- - \endinput may occur in Arabic mode.
-
- - The input character <G> encodes Pashto 'gAf' with a ring. In
- Farsi and Pashto mode, <g> produces Farsi 'gAf' with a stroke.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty".
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-16.06.2002: Version 3.10g
-
- Fixes:
-
- - in Pashto mode, <.n> will produce 'noon' with a dot and a ring.
- Some further Pashto codes can be found in Table 4.2.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty".
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-11.05.2002: Version 3.10f
-
- Fixes:
-
- - in Persian mode, some bugs concerning 'hamze on he' were fixed.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty".
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-14.04.2002: Version 3.10e
-
- Fixes:
-
- - in the standard Hebrew transcription, 'shwa' was missing.
-
- - in Persian mode, 'hamze on he' is produced if required.
-
- - in Hebrew mode using the 'hclassic' and 'hcaption' fonts, the
- vowel points are generated differently to render better when
- using T1 fonts.
-
- - in CP1256 encoding, explicit 'shadda' works now correctly.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty".
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-07.03.2002: Version 3.10d
-
- Fixes:
-
- - In many of the non-standard encodings the handling of double
- letters (implicit shadda or not) has been corrected.
-
- - In the Arabic document classes 'arabbook', 'arabrep', 'arabart'
- the handling of figure and table \captions has been improved.
-
- Hints:
-
- - When using a local addition to ArabTeX together with a patch
- version of ArabTeX, read the local addition by \input after
- the command \begin{document}, not by an \usepackage command.
- Otherwise a race condition occurs that could overwrite your
- local additions.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty".
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-03.03.2002: Version 3.10c
-
- Fixes:
-
- - The default language is Arabic again.
-
- - The LaTeX commands \footnote, \footnotemark, and \footnotetext
- in normal LTR LaTeX mode were broken in version 3.10b. Sorry!
-
- - In the Arabic document classes 'arabbook', 'arabrep', 'arabart'
- the environment 'tabular' works correctly.
-
- - In the Arabic document classes 'arabbook', 'arabrep', 'arabart'
- the command \tableofcontents works correctly.
-
- - In the Arabic document classes 'arabbook', 'arabrep', 'arabart'
- the commands \table and \figure may have a \caption.
-
- Hints:
-
- - In the Arabic document classes 'arabbook', 'arabrep', 'arabart'
- and *also* in normal LTR mode, within the \tabular environment
- every row but the last must be terminated by \\, also if \hline
- follows. The text of the error message has been improved.
-
- New Features:
-
- - The Arabic document classes 'arabbook', 'arabrep', 'arabart'
- formerly required the use of the ArabTeX standard encoding for
- correct functioning of generated section heads and the like.
- This restriction was never noticed, and applies no more.
-
- - Abjad numbers now also work with other input encodings.
-
- - Within an Arabic environment the command \stdcode{some text}
- accepts Arabic text in the ArabTeX standard encoding even if
- otherwise some other encoding is in use. This may be useful
- for local corrections.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty".
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-12.02.2002: Version 3.10b
-
- Fixes:
-
- - The LaTeX commands \footnote, \footnotemark, and \footnotetext
- now work correctly within Arabic environments, even if only
- transliteration mode is active. The output mode (transliterate,
- Arabic writing, or both) of Arabic inserts in the footnote text
- is inherited from the main document if not explicitly switched
- locally within the footnote text.
-
- Hints:
-
- - Footnotes containing Arabic inserts might come out too high.
- This may be prevented, at the risk of lines overlapping, by
- \smash-ing the Arabic insert or even the complete footnote.
-
- - Within transliteration mode hyphenation is only performed after
- long vowels, thus \sloppy mode might be required. If the last
- word of a line ends with a long vowel, a spurious hyphen will
- appear. This is a bug; presently no fix is known!
-
- New Features:
-
- - The LaTeX footnote commands (see above) also work within the
- Arabic document classes 'arabart', 'arabrep', and 'arabbook'.
-
- - By default, or after the command \LRfootnotes, the footnotes
- are positioned as in a Roman document, and the footnote text
- is assumed to be Roman by default. Arabic inserts are produced
- by \RL{ }.
-
- - After the command \RLfootnotes, footnotes run from right to
- left and the default language mode is Arabic. Roman inserts
- are produced by \LR{ }.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty".
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-06.10.2001: Version 3.10a
-
- Fixes:
-
- - A few minor patches from 'v3.09' did not make it into 'v3.10'.
-
- - The transliteration of '_h' was improved.
-
- - Plain TeX mode now also uses fonts "xnash14" and "xnash14bf"
- as the default.
-
- - In Hebrew mode, 'cholem male' and vowels in contact now work
- correctly.
-
- - In Hebrew mode, footnotes containing Hebrew inserts now have
- uniform baselines again.
-
- New Features:
-
- - All patches are now handled by "apatch.sty".
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty".
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-17.09.2001: Version 3.10
-
- Status:
-
- - This is a new minor version. All existing patches have been
- merged into the respective macro files. To install it, load
- and replace all macros in the subdirectory "TEXINPUT"; there
- are some new files, and some have been extensively rewritten!
- The functionality is supposed to be unchanged.
-
- - Distribution and modification of ArabTeX is now governed by
- the Latex Project Public License (see LPPL.TXT).
-
- - We recommend installing of the fonts "xnash14" and "xnash14bf"
- to obtain better quality of output. These fonts are now the
- default; to revert to the old font versions use the command
- "\oldarabfont".
-
- New features:
-
- - In Hebrew mode, all standard fonts available on CTAN are now
- supported, including the possibility of generating vowel points
- in \vocalize mode.
-
- Bugs:
-
- - Presently none are known.
-
- Installation:
-
- - Download the contents of "TEXINPUT", and in case of any font
- problems also "MFINPUT".
-
- - In case of problems with old DVI files regenerate them; or else
- download "arabsymb.mf" and regenerate the font "nash14".
-
-==========================================================================
-13.05.2001: Version 3.09g
-
- Fixes:
-
- - Some spurious spaces in the transliteration were fixed.
-
- - \tabular within \center was broken by \RL{}.
-
- - Hamza and `Ayn were broken in a \tabbing environment.
-
- New Features:
-
- - The file "arabtds.zip" in the distribution, when available,
- contains the ArabTeX package repacked according to the TDS
- (TeX Directory Structure). To install the complete package,
- PC Users of MikTeX and several other TeX distributions that
- presuppose the TDS structure, should download this file only
- (in binary mode!) and unpack it at the top level of their
- local TEXMF tree. For other installations, moving around some
- files or adjusting some access path might be required.
-
- - Reminder: some TeX installations require a command "texhash"
- or "texconfig" to activate a newly installed package.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty".
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-27.05.2000: Version 3.09f
-
- Fixes:
-
- - The LaTeX command \cdot works again.
-
- - The LaTeX command \protect may appear in RL mode. It has no
- visible effect.
-
- - The vertical bar | has no function, but does no harm behind an
- Arabic character that does not connect to the left.
-
- - The behaviour of "wasla" in the transliteration was fixed.
-
- - The vertical spacing of footnotes is no more influenced by \RL
- insertions in the first line.
-
- New Features:
-
- - Brackets [ and ] and parentheses ( and ) may be used within an
- Arabic or Hebrew word to indicate optional parts; they do not
- change the connection behaviour of the adjacent characters.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty" and "hepatch.sty".
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-05.04.2000: Version 3.09e
-
- Fixes:
-
- - to switch the transcription font say, e.g., \settransfont{\rm}.
- \settransfont{rm} (forgetting the \) now also works, instead of
- producing impressive garbage.
-
- - an \RL{} insertion text may now begin with a space.
-
- - footnotes containing \RL{} insertions have uniform baselines.
-
- - the space command \ works within RL mode.
-
- - \bf and \rm (for returning to normal) work within RL mode.
-
- New Features:
-
- - within RL environments, \newcommand, \newenvironment, and \def
- and their relatives may be used to define new control sequences
- which have to expand to legal ArabTeX input; they will not be
- visible outside of the environment (even if \gdef or \xdef is
- used.) For a user defined command to be visible both outside
- and inside RL mode, define it in LR mode and announce it to the
- ArabTeX command processor by \allowarab.
-
- - the new commands \shadda, \madda, \sukun in Arabic mode and the
- commands \raphe, \dagesh, \mappiq in Hebrew mode will place the
- corresponding diacritic on the preceding letter. In Hebrew mode
- \maqqef will produce a connector, \abbr an abbreviation mark.
-
- - A single hyphen will be invisible in the RL writing, but will
- show up in the transcription; the adjacent letters will always
- assume the connecting form, if it exists, even at the beginning
- or the end of a word.
-
- - any paragraph containing \RL{} insertions will now have uniform
- baselines. The users might have to adjust \baselinestretch.
-
- - RL insertions now also work for encodings like MacOS Arabic and
- MacOS Hebrew that provide an RL space.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty"
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-18.03.2000: Version 3.09d
-
- Fixes:
-
- - the transcription did not work correctly within a LaTeX tabbing
- environment since this environment mungles the accent commands.
- (We consider this a mis-feature in LaTeX!)
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty"
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-19.10.1999: Version 3.09c
-
- Fixes:
-
- - "\cap" for capitalisation of the transcription now works also
- within section titles and in the table of contents.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty"
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-30.07.1999: Version 3.09b
-
- Note: version 3.09a did not work.
-
- Fixes:
-
- - In the Hebrew mode, "maqqef" now works with all fonts.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "hepatch.sty"
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-17.07.1999: Version 3.09
-
- Status:
-
- - This is a new minor version. All existing patches have been
- merged into the respective macro files. To install it, load
- and replace all macros in the subdirectory "TEXINPUT"; there
- are some new files, and some have been extensively rewritten!
- The functionality is supposed to be unchanged.
-
- - We recommend installing of the fonts "xnash14" and "xnash14bf"
- to obtain better quality of output. These fonts are now the
- default; to revert to the old font versions use the command
- "\oldarabfont".
-
- New features:
-
- - Many ArabTeX commands that used to be fragile in connection
- with LaTeX are now robust.
-
- - Within the LaTeX document classes "arabart", "arabrep", and
- "arabbook" nearly all LaTeX environments are allowed also
- within Arabic mode.
-
- Recommendations:
-
- - When typesetting Roman text with Arabic or Hebrew insertions, a
- better result can usually be obtained by typesetting on a grid;
- this can be accomplished by resetting the parameters \lineskip
- to 0pt, \lineskiplimit to -30pt, and redefining \baselinestretch
- to 1.2 (or \baselineskip to 1.2\baselineskip, with Plain TeX).
- You may want to experiment with the factor quoted as "1.2".
-
- Bugs:
-
- - Presently none are known.
-
- Installation:
-
- - Download the contents of "TEXINPUT", and in case of any font
- problems also "MFINPUT".
-
- - In case of problems with old DVI files regenerate them; or else
- download "arabsymb.mf" and regenerate the font "nash14".
-
-==========================================================================
-24.06.99: Version 3.08i
-
- New Features:
-
- - there is an "abstract" environment in the Arabic classes.
- - mathematical displays bracketed by $$ $$ may be nested within an
- Arabic environment. Bracketing by $ $ was always there.
- - The LaTeX commands \( \), \[ \], and also the LaTeX environments
- "math", "displaymath", "equation", "eqnarray", and "eqnarray*"
- are supported within Arabic environments, also with the options
- "leqno" and "fleqn", if LaTeX is used.
-
- Upcoming Features:
-
- - a new edition of the User manual is in preparation.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty", if you are interested.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-10.06.99: Version 3.08h
-
- Fixes:
-
- - there were a few glitches in Pashto and Kashmiri encoding
- - there were a few glitches in Pashto transliteration
- - the command \settrans #1 is allowed within Arabic mode
- - the command \tracingmacros #1 is allowed within Arabic mode
-
- New Features:
-
- - the environments "RLtext", "arabtext", and "hebtext" are now
- equivalent
- - the braces \< and > are admissible within Arabic mode but have
- no effect
- - the command \addcontentsline also works in the Arabic classes
- "arabrep", "arabart", "arabbook"
- - the title of the table of contents is context dependent in the
- Arabic document classes
-
- Upcoming Features:
-
- - a new edition of the User manual is in preparation
- - there is yet no "abstract" environment in the Arabic classes
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty"
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-16.05.99: Version 3.08g2
-
- Fixes:
-
- - In the transcription mode, capitalization (see version 3.08) can
- now also be used within a word, even several times.
- - In the transcription, the positioning of the marks for Hamza and
- Ayn was slightly improved.
- - in Urdu mode, Ta' marbuta works again.
- - in BHS mode, Shin works again.
- - in the Arabic document classes, some spurious font switches were
- fixed.
-
- New Features:
-
- - There is a new language mode: Kashmiri. See "kashmiri.tex" for a
- short description.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty" (and "kashmiri.sty", "kashmiri.tex" and/or
- "bhs.sty" if required)
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-10.05.99: Version 3.08f
-
- Fixes:
-
- - In the transcription mode, capitalization (see version 3.08) can
- now also be used in the English (Encyclopedia of Islam) style.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty".
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-22.04.99: Version 3.08e
-
- Fixes:
-
- - We found some grave errors in the Urdu mode; it seems to work
- again now. Observe that there are several forms of "heh":
- - the two-eyed form for aspiration: code <h>
- - the wavy form for other cases: code <,h>
- - the final closed form: code <H>
- For the Name of God, use <H> in Urdu mode, or switch to \setarab
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty".
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-10.04.99: Version 3.08d
-
- Fixes:
-
- - For use with EDMAC, the file "aedpatch.sty" has been updated to
- fix some spurious spaces.
- - For use with Hebrew, the files "hclassic.mf" and "hcaption.mf"
- have been slightly adjusted, and "hcbase_pc.mf" was renamed to
- "hcbase.mf" to fix an incompatibility in some operating systems
- preventing automatic font generation; the fonts themselves are
- unchanged.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download the indicated files, if you need them; otherwise you
- may safely ignore this version.
-
- Note: the version number of ArabTeX (in the LOG) is still 3.08c !
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-25.03.99: Version 3.08c
-
- Fixes:
-
- - Most of the LaTeX renumbering commands introduced in the last
- version (3.08b) do NOT work and have been blocked off. LaTeX
- does not allow font changes within numbering commands, since
- these must be fully expandable within TeX's mouth.
-
- - "arabrep.cls" has been updated again.
-
- Old Features:
-
- - There is only one new numbering command, and it only can be
- used in the context of the Arabic document classes, also as a
- \pagenumbering style, and for renaming e.g. \thesection:
-
- \abj{ctr} "abjad" notation for counters.
-
- - \pagenumbering{abj} may also be written \pagenumbering{abjad}.
-
- - in the Arabic document classes, put \tableofcontents within
- an Arabic environment.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty", and also "arabrep.cls" when required.
- The latter file is not contained within the packed versions!
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-21.03.99: Version 3.08b1
-
- New Features:
-
- - For LaTeX there are additional numbering commands for counters
- (cf. Section C.8.4 "Numbering" in the LaTeX manual:)
-
- \arab{ctr} "Arabic" Arabic numerals
- \Arab{ctr} "Arabic" Arabic numerals, bold
- \abj{ctr} "abjad" notation
- \Abj{ctr} "abjad" notation, bold
- \Arabic{ctr} "European" Arabic numerals, bold (extension!)
-
- - There are also the corresponding \pagenumbering styles, e.g.:
- \pagenumbering{Abj} for bold "abjad" page numbers.
-
- Fixes:
-
- - Some of these commands were present in 3.07g but did not work.
-
- - isiri.sty had become incompatible and has been updated.
-
- - arabrep.cls had become incompatible and has been updated.
-
- Hints:
-
- - if your MFINPUT subdirectory of ArabTeX should contain a file
- "asymbols.mf", delete it. It is obsolete and may be in conflict
- with AMSTeX and/or AMSLaTeX.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty", and "isiri.sty" or "arabrep.cls" when
- required. The latter two files are not contained within the
- packed versions!
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-13.02.99: Version 3.08a
-
- Fixes:
-
- - The transliteration of "Quran alif" was in error.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty" if required.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-01.12.98: Version 3.08
-
- Status:
-
- - This is a new minor version. All existing patches have been
- merged into the respective macro files. To install it, load
- and replace all macros in the subdirectory "TEXINPUT"; there
- are some new files, and some have been extensively rewritten!
- The functionality is supposed to be unchanged.
-
- - We recommend installing of the fonts "xnash14" and "xnash14bf"
- (and activating them) to obtain better quality of output.
-
- - ArabTeX is believed to be fully compatible with Babel; however,
- it does not use its features. Please report incompatibilities.
-
- - BHS mode is now also compatible with "german.sty".
-
- New features:
-
- - There are two new experimental fonts "xnash14" and "xnash14bf"
- which overcome some limitations inherent in the previously
- available versions "nash14" and "nash14bf". These fonts can be
- activated (if installed) by the new command "\newarabfont" and
- can be deactivated again by "\oldarabfont"; these commands
- change the meaning of the commands "\setnash" and "\setnashbf"
- to switch to the new versions, if required, and back.
-
- - In transcription mode, single characters may be capitalized by
- prefixing the command \cap in the input; the Arabic writing is
- not affected.
- - with ' (hamza) and ` (`ayn) the next visible letter will be
- capitalized.
- - this feature also works within words, after prefixes and after
- the article, even if written in the assimilated form.
-
- - In transcription mode, the representations of "hamza" and "ayin"
- have been changed slightly; this might influence line breaks.
-
- Recommendations:
-
- - When typesetting Roman text with Arabic or Hebrew insertions, a
- better result can usually be obtained by typesetting on a grid;
- this can be accomplished by resetting the parameters \lineskip
- to 0pt, \lineskiplimit to -30pt, and redefining \baselinestretch
- to 1.2 (or \baselineskip to 1.2\baselineskip, with Plain TeX).
- You may want to experiment with the factor quoted as "1.2".
-
- Bugs:
-
- - Presently none are known.
-
- Installation:
-
- - Download the contents of "TEXINPUT".
-
- - In case of problems with old DVI files regenerate them; or else
- download "arabsymb.mf" and regenerate the font "nash14".
-
-==========================================================================
-21.10.98: Version 3.07k
-
- Fixes:
-
- - A very obscure internal error has been corrected.
-
- - In Hebrew mode, the positioning of dagesh and also of some vowel
- points has been improved.
- - In Hebrew mode, "meteg" (and silluq) now also works with cholem.
- - In Hebrew mode, there now is a small space before sof pasuq.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty" and "hepatch.sty".
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-18.10.98: Version 3.07j
-
- Fixes:
-
- - In Hebrew mode, patach furtivum after cholem works now.
- - In Hebrew verbatim encodings (HED and ISO 8859-8), neither two
- identical letters nor a medial letter and its final form will be
- any more combined (erroneously) to a letter with dagesh.
-
- Open Problems:
-
- - On some servers, the font "nash14" seems to be broken. This does
- NOT concern current ArabTeX runs, but displaying older DVI files
- might be affected in that some characters, e.g., <^gim>, may be
- missing.
- - This will be fixed in the next minor version 3.08; for the time
- being there are two workarounds:
- - Reprocess the ArabTeX input file; the display will be correct.
- - If this is not possible or not wanted, download the ASCII file
- "arabsymb.mf" and regenerate the font as required.
- - The font "nash14bf" might have the same problem; the workarounds
- apply also.
- - Neither new ArabTeX runs nor the font "xnsh14" are affected.
-
- Hints:
-
- - With Hebrew and LaTeX, the LaTeX2e version should be 1996/12/01
- or newer; older versions have been reported to produce obscure
- errors. We can no more check this.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "hepatch.sty", and "arabsymb.mf" if required.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-30.09.98: Version 3.07i
-
- Fixes:
-
- - ArabTeX and CJK are now fully compatible. The loading sequence
- of ArabTeX and CJK is arbitrary.
- - defective notation of fatha, kasra, damma works again.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty".
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-17.09.98: Version 3.07h
-
- Fixes:
-
- - The position of some more diacritic dots has been corrected.
- - several ligatures have been improved.
-
- New Features:
-
- - ArabTeX is now compatible with the package "fnpara.sty" IF this
- package is loaded BEFORE "arabtex.sty" so that ArabTeX can find
- out about its presence.
- - ArabTeX is now compatible with the package "CJK.sty" IF this
- package is loaded BEFORE "arabtex.sty" so that ArabTeX can find
- out about its presence.
-
- Special Features:
-
- - for users of "tustep.sty" (if any :-):
- ArabTeX is compatible again.
-
- Known bugs:
-
- - There is a problem concerning double consonants in Hebrew, only
- in the HED encoding.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty".
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-28.08.98: Version 3.07g
-
- Fixes:
-
- - The position of some diacritic dots has been corrected.
-
- New Features:
-
- - For LaTeX there are additional styles for page numbers:
- \pagenumbering{arab} will produce *real* Arabic page numbers
- \pagenumbering{Arab} will produce bold Arabic page numbers
- \pagenumbering{abjad} will produce "abjad" page numbers
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty".
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-06.08.98: Version 3.07f
-
- Fixes:
-
- - there was a small problem transliterating emphasized words.
-
- - separating words by || did not work.
-
- - the character for final "ny" in Malay was wrong.
- - the character for final "h" in Malay was wrong.
-
- New Features:
-
- - Arabic and Persian words may be separated by \, (small space)
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty".
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-31.07.98: Version 3.07e
-
- Fixes:
-
- - there were spurious characters in Hebrew output.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty" and "hepatch.sty".
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-28.07.98: Version 3.07d
-
- New Features:
-
- - there is a new directory "psfonts" that contains the Postscript
- Type 1 versions of the fonts "xnsh14" and "xnsh14bf". The files
- are called "xnsh14.pfb", "xnsh14bf.pfb", and "arabtex.map". The
- fonts use the original TFM files. They have been tested with
- dvips 5.76, ghostscript 5.10, a LaserJet 4+, and Acrobat Reader.
-
- These font files have been built and donated by Taco Hoekwater
- (taco.hoekwater@wkap.nl). Three cheers on him!
-
- Old Features:
-
- - the Arabic commands \lq (opening quotes), \rq (closing quotes),
- and \,(small non-breaking space) have been present for some time;
- we forgot to document this fact.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download and install the contents of the directory "psfonts"
- wherever appropriate on your system; this is system dependent.
-
- - "apatch.sty" was changed, but need not be downloaded except on
- special advice.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-27.07.98: Version 3.07c
-
- Fixes:
-
- - in Farsi mode ,a and ,e work again.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty" and "hepatch.sty".
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-23.07.98: Version 3.07b
-
- Fixes:
-
- - The letter SIN in Hebrew mode was broken.
- - The Sindhi abbreviations look better now.
-
- Installation:
-
- - download "apatch.sty" and "hepatch.sty".
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-20.07.98: Version 3.07a
-
- Fixes:
-
- - After installing the version 3.07 on our local server we noticed
- an incompatibility with LaTeX2e; also by some new strategies the
- patching mechanism had been broken. To fix these effects we had
- to modify several source modules; we also found, and repaired,
- several minor bugs. This is in fact nearly a new minor version;
- on installation see below.
-
- - To our surprise we found, and repaired, a Y2000 problem.
-
- Changes:
-
- - Switch to the new font "xnsh14" by the command "\newarabfont";
- use "\oldarabfont" for switching back. The previous command
- "\newfont" collides with a command in LaTeX2e.
-
- Extensions:
-
- - The font "xnsh14" contains all character fragments necessary to
- build the characters in the extended Arabic segment of Unicode.
- There is as yet no reading module for Unicode or UTF-8 encoding;
- the present version of "utf8.sty" is still inconsistent.
-
- - There are new commands "\MIN" and "\IN" for two frequently used
- abbreviations in Sindhi.
-
- - The file "atrans.sty" is loaded automatically.
-
- - The file "etrans.sty" has been deleted. Use "\settrans{english}"
-
- - The file "nashbf.sty" has been deleted. Use "\setnashbf"
-
- Installation:
-
- - If you already have loaded version 3.07, unpack and replace the
- macro files in "tex307a.zip"; otherwise do a complete install as
- indicated below for version 3.07 first.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-16.07.98: Version 3.07
-
- Status:
-
- - This is a new minor version. All existing patches have been
- merged into the respective macro files. To install it, load
- and replace all macros in the subdirectory "TEXINPUT"; there
- are several new files!
-
- - We have rewritten substantial parts of the package in order to
- increase stability and also to ease maintenance and extensions;
- the modularisation is now different, and some of the internal
- interfaces have been modified. This need not concern the user;
- the functionality has not been changed, and apparently nothing
- was broken during the transition to the new structure.
- - The main reason for the changes was, apart from improving the
- overall structure, to prepare for the handling of the full
- Arabic segment of Unicode. This goal has not yet been attained,
- but it required substantial changes in the internal structures.
- - The positioning of diacritical marks has on the average been
- much improved. There are a few exceptions; affected users that
- need the maximum quality available could try their luck with
- the new fonts "xnash14" and "xnash14bf" (see below). Otherwise
- the user interface has not changed.
-
- Additions:
-
- - There are two new experimental fonts "xnash14" and "xnash14bf"
- which overcome some limitations inherent in the previously
- available versions "nash14" and "nash14bf". These fonts can be
- activated (if installed) by the new command "\newfont" and can
- be deactivated again by "\oldfont"; these commands change the
- meaning of the commands "\setnash" and "\setnashbf" to switch
- to the new versions, if required, and back. Normal users not
- requiring the new versions can safely ignore this feature; they
- need not now install these fonts.
-
- Bugs:
-
- - Presently none are known.
-
-==========================================================================
-24.03.98: Version 3.06h
-
- Fixes:
-
- - some ligatures had been broken by the Sindhi mode; these have
- been fixed.
- - kashida before alif maqsura works again.
-
- Problems:
-
- - verses produced via "verses.sty" will ruin the word spacing if
- they occur within an Arabic paragraph inside a footnote, and
- possibly in other circumstances. There is a workaround: put the
- command "\setspace{4.3pt plus 0.001fil}" after the last verse.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-11.03.98: Version 3.06g3
-
- Fixes:
-
- - bi-directional linebreaking has been improved; there were some
- spurious blank spaces.
-
- New features:
-
- - ArabTeX is now believed to be compatible with the BABEL system.
- We cannot test this locally; reports are welcome. We acknowledge
- useful hints by Olaf Kummer and Johannes Braams.
-
- - there is now less spurious information in the LOG file.
-
- - there are some preparations for processing the UTF-8 encoding
- and the extended Arabic character set provided in UNICODE. These
- features cannot yet be accessed from the user level.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-26.01.98: Version 3.06f
-
- Fixes:
-
- - the special handling of final "mim" has been restricted to the
- Sindhi mode.
- - the positioning of diacritics has been improved.
-
- - Hebrew and EDMAC users: the "\if@lodia effect" has been fixed.
-
- Note to users of EDMAC:
-
- - download the new version 3.06a of 22.01.98 of "aedpatch.sty".
- This fixes the format of footnote paragraphs. (This correction
- cannot technically be handled by a patch within "apatch.sty").
-
- Note to users of the Sindhi mode:
-
- - please download the fonts again to get all characters.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-15.12.97: Version 3.06e
-
- Fixes:
-
- - "alif maqsura" and isolated "hamza" take explicit vowel marks
- and also "tanwin" if required.
- - final "mim" in the Urdu mode again has the long shape. In the
- Sindhi mode a short form is simulated by a kashida if needed.
- - in Urdu the encoding <,d> produces "dal" with a "toi" accent,
- and initial <U> becomes "alif+damma" and "waw" as required.
- - some transcription errors in Urdu mode have been fixed.
- - some ligatures in Sindhi mode are improved.
-
- Problems:
-
- - medial "wavy hah" in Urdu has a mark below it (controversial).
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-27.11.97: Version 3.06d
-
- Fixes:
-
- - the input letter <A> denotes alif also in initial position and
- after a prefix separated by a hyphen. It may take short vowels,
- and also sukun (only if quoted). This feature may be useful when
- copying corrupted texts.
- - the "lam" of the article carries "sukun" also if the following
- word starts with "`ayin", like with the other "moon letters".
- - the encodings <I> and <iy> are equivalent; also <Iy> and <iyy>,
- <U> and <uw>, <Uw> and <uww>.
- - <"> and <""> at the beginning of a word generate alif with wasla
- even after a prefix.
- - a prefix before hyphen no more needs a short vowel to work.
- - the invisible character <|> is legal in the initial or the final
- position (but makes no sense there). It never takes a vowel mark.
-
- New features:
-
- - the inflection endings <-a>, <-i>, <-u>, <-aN>, <-iN>, <-uN> may
- be separated by a hyphen, also if written <-aNA>. Otherwise the
- character after a hyphen will be considered to start a new word,
- but may be joined to the prefix if possible (e.g., in <al-i-ismu>
- where <-i-> is a connection vowel producing "kasra", and <ismu>
- starts with "alif" "wasla" combined with "lam" into "lam-alif"
- carrying both "wasla" and "kasra".)
- - if a ligature is separated by <|> or <--> (kashida), any vowel
- mark present will migrate to the appropriate character glyph. The
- same happens with the implicit vowel mark that is produced by the
- long vowels in the vowelizing modes.
- - a comma <,> between digits will no more break the digit sequence
- but will be recognized as a decimal separator. A hyphen <-> and a
- solidus </> will also not break a digit sequence. A "number" must
- still begin with a digit to be recognized.
-
- Problems:
-
- - the Urdu mode is still broken.
- - for the new language modes (see 3.06) there is yet no (correct)
- transcription.
-
- Hints:
-
- - users of the Sindhi mode should regenerate the fonts otherwise
- the "wide kaf" may be missing.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-23.11.97: Version 3.06c
-
- Fixes:
-
- - final "alif maqsura" carries no sukun.
- - in connection with EDMAC, an Arabic lemma bearing a footnote is
- spread out by the same factor as the rest of the line, (e.g. in
- verses) even if it contains spaces.
- - Arabic footnotes with EDMAC no more produce overfull boxes, and
- will no more let the page overflow.
-
- Known bugs:
-
- - prefixes separated by a hyphen must presently be given in the
- fully vowelized input form, otherwise the writing is wrong.
- - The Urdu mode is broken; also its transcription is wrong.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-25.09.97: Version 3.06b
-
- Fixes:
-
- - in Kurdish mode, kashida and breaking of ligatures work now
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-18.09.97: Version 3.06a
-
- Fixes:
-
- - there were sometimes spurious newlines if the transliteration
- was generated via an Arabic insertion
- - ligatures can again be broken by inserting a bar |
- - the ligatures family lam-gim, ta-gim etc. works again
- - there were spurious spaces in bidirectional text under EDMAC
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-06.08.97: Version 3.06
-
- Status:
-
- - This is a new minor version. All existing patches have been
- merged into the respective macro files.
- - This doc file has been trimmed down; history information up to
- version 3.00 has been moved to "changes2.txt".
- - Several file names of the mini-documentation have been changed
- to lower case and carry the suffix ".txt", for the benefit of
- certain web-browsers. See also the file "arabtex.htm".
-
- Fixes:
-
- - some minor bugs have been fixed that had introduced spurious
- spaces or newlines when switching between Arabic and Hebrew.
- - "kashida" (--) between a consonant and a (long or short) vowel
- will no more split the vowel indicator from the consonant glyph.
-
- Additions:
-
- - the new command "\setsindhi" will switch to a language mode for
- Sindhi in an extended Arabic script. For details, process and
- read the file "sindhi.tex".
- - the new command "\setuighur" will switch to a language mode for
- Uighuric in an extended Arabic script. For details, process and
- read the file "uighur.tex".
- - the new command "\setmalay" will switch to a language mode for
- Old Malay (Jawi) in an extended Arabic script. For details,
- process and read the file "malay.tex".
- - These new language modes are strictly experimental and just a
- starting point. As the author speaks none of these languages,
- feedback and comments by interested users are badly needed.
-
-==========================================================================
-19.06.97: Version 3.05h
-
- Fixes:
-
- - some ligatures with "kaf" have been improved.
- - "quoting" of "wasla" works in all vowel modes.
- - "kashida" works also before long vowels.
- - breaking of ligatures works correctly also with long vowels
- and in combination with "quoting".
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-12.06.97: Version 3.05g
-
- Fixes:
-
- - a bug fix for the new Sindhi module has been introduced (this
- mode is in alpha status and not yet publicly available; if you
- are interested in testing it: enquire)
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-10.06.97: Version 3.05f
-
- Fixes:
-
- - a spurious error message about a "missing character" has been
- eliminated.
- - "\settrans{english}" switches again to the transliteration
- conventions of the Library of Congress.
- - ArabTeX will no more overwrite a user macro "\x".
-
- Additions:
-
- - the new command "\arabfootnotes" makes LaTeX footnotes run from
- right to left, and their text is considered Arabic by default.
- There is as yet no command to switch back to the default mode
- (left to right, Roman). With Plain TeX the new command is not
- yet available.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-28.05.97: Version 3.05e
-
- Fixes:
-
- - <U> in the Urdu mode works again.
- - some errors in the transliteration have been corrected.
- - some ligatures have been corrected.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-22.05.97: Version 3.05d
-
- Fixes:
-
- - \tabular structures within the Arabic document classes are now
- correctly aligned.
- - a few ligatures have been improved.
- - some internal routines have been updated preparing for some
- planned extensions. No visible effect.
- - a new test for version clashes has been introduced.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-14.05.97: Version 3.05c
-
- Fixes: The patching routine seems to work again.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-14.05.97: Version 3.05b
-
- Problems:
-
- - LaTeX is too clever and interferes with the patching routine.
- Therefore the existing patches for Hebrew have been moved to
- the file "hepatch.sty". Arabic mode is presently not affected.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-13.05.97: Version 3.05a
-
- Fixes:
-
- - in Hebrew mode when using HED encoding, Thet and Maqqef did
- not work correctly.
- - in EDMAC mode with Plain TeX the list of modules was missing.
- - some internal interfaces have been updated. This has no effect
- on the external operation but helps stability.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-07.05.97: Version 3.05
-
- Status:
-
- - The internal structure has changed extensively; this need not
- trouble the user.
- - Warning: NEVER MIX old and new files; they may be incompatible!
-
- Fixes:
-
- - A number of minor and some major bugs have been fixed.
-
- Modifications:
-
- - With EDMAC, the first argument of \text need not fit on the
- current line. All arguments are assumed to be Roman text; they
- may contain (or consist of) \<Arabic insertions>.
-
- Additions:
-
- - The ISIRI 3342 encoding is supported; load the reading module
- by \input isiri.sty or \usepackage {isiri}. Activate it by the
- command \setcode {isiri}.
- - Hebrew support has been expanded; read the file "hebrew.305".
- ArabTeX will try to use fonts locally available, irrespective
- of their encoding.
- - the file "verses.sty" supports typesetting poetry in two blocks.
- For a description, see the file itself.
- - See also the comments on Version 3.04 below.
-
- Hints:
-
- - If you want to process the manual "arabdoc.tex" under LaTeX 2e
- and get error messages, delete the *.aux, *.toc, and *.lot file
- and try again. These files depend on the LaTeX version used.
- - see also version 3.04.
-
- Complaints:
-
- - There is STILL no Nasta`liq font.
- - the user manual "arabdoc.tex" is outdated.
-
- Known bugs:
-
- - None as yet.
-
- How to move from earlier minor versions to version 3.05:
-
- - replace the contents of "TEXINPUT" and "REPORT".
- - read and/or print "README.305"
- - if interested, process the user manual "arabdoc.tex"; see the
- hints above.
-
-==========================================================================
-05.10.96: Version 3.04e
-
- Fixes:
-
- - removed many small bugs in Persian (thanks, Ivan Dershzanski!)
- - initial <alif> coded <A> in verbatim mode may carry a vowel
- - <yah> without dots coded <Y> acts like a consonant except at the
- end of a word
- - <aNy> denotes <fathatan> on <alif maqsura> erroneously written
- with dots
-
- Modifications:
-
- - removed quoted hamza ("') from verbatim mode (was ambiguous!)
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-18.05.96: Version 3.04d
-10.05.96: Version 3.04c (not distributed)
-
- Fixes:
-
- - in "arabart.cls" (twocolumn) the right column is output first
- to get correct numbering of sectional units
- - corrected the vertical position of "marginpar"
- - a space is assumed after a new command defined via \allowarab
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-08.04.96: Version 3.04b
-
- Fixes:
-
- - \footnote works again within an Arabic environment
-
- Known bugs:
-
- - \footnote is incompatible with "arabart.cls"
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-21.03.96: Version 3.04a
-
- Fixes:
-
- - \baselineskip works correctly with EDMAC
- - \emphasize puts the overbar at uniform height in \novocalize
-
- Necessary action:
-
- If required, download the ASCII file "apatch.sty" again. This
- is a patch for version 3.04!
-
- See also version 3.04 below.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-19.03.96: Version 3.04
-
- Status:
-
- - ArabTeX now cooperates well with LaTeX 2e (June 1995 and later)
- and also still with Plain TeX and LaTeX 2.09. The configuration
- is determined automatically. With LaTeX 2e ArabTeX and all its
- suboptions are packages.
- - The internal structure has changed extensively; this need not
- trouble the user.
-
- Fixes:
-
- - \baselineskup, \parskip, \baselinestretch now work correctly
- in the Arabic modes.
- - The TeX special characters \#, \$, \%, \& can now be used (they
- just had been forgotten).
- - A number of minor bugs have been fixed.
-
- Modifications:
-
- - Digits and punctuation have been raised to the writing line.
- We feel this looks better.
- - The handling of numbers (= digit sequences) has been improved.
- Within a number, the decimal separator is the comma.
- - Bidirectional line-breaking has again been much improved. The
- command \goodpar still works but is rarely required.
- - The option "abidir" is no more necessary.
- - The option "nashbf" is no more necessary.
- - The option "abjad" is no more necessary.
-
- Additions:
-
- - User defined macros can be made known to ArabTeX by the
- declaration \allowarab {\macro_name} (previous to their use
- within an Arabic environment). The replacement text after
- substituting the parameters must be legal ArabTeX input and
- may contain further macro calls. The macro must be previously
- defined via \newcommand or \def.
-
- - The Arabic Windows encoding is supported; load the reading
- module by \input arabwin.sty, \usepackage {arabwin} or by
- adding the LaTeX 2.09 option "arabwin". Activate it by the
- command \setcode {arabwin}.
-
- - There are some additional transliteration modes for Persian
- and Urdu; in case of interest: inquire directly.
-
- - The package "raw.sty" defines the command \setraw to switch
- off all special processing for numbers, special characters
- and parentheses. This may be helpful for OCR work. Switch
- back by \unsetraw.
-
- - The (experimental) LaTeX 2e class file "arabart.cls" provides
- an Arabic article format. Within Arabic environments a number
- of LaTeX commands are enabled: sectioning, list environments,
- page headers and footers, table of contents, footnotes, quote,
- quotation, verse, center, twocolumn. All text arguments are
- considered to be Arabic text in the chosen encoding. Some of
- the LaTeX environments are missing, e.g., tabular and tabbing,
- minipages, pictures. They can usually be simulated by leaving
- the Arabic environment and reverting to the standard LaTeX
- commands.
-
- We are working on extensions to this format; suggestions and
- bug reports are welcome. We do not intend to supply a version
- for LaTeX 2.09.
-
- - See also the comments on Version 3.03 below.
- - The notes in README.303 still apply.
-
- Hints:
-
- - Uniform baselines may be obtained by setting \lineskiplimit
- to -\baselineskip and adjusting \baselinestretch to 1.4 (with
- LaTeX) or \baselineskip to 1.4\baselineskip with Plain TeX.
- Some experimenting is advised.
- - If you want to process the manual "arabdoc.tex" under LaTeX 2e
- first move the file "arabimax.tex" to the REPORT subdirectory.
- You will get some error messages on the first run. Forget them
- and process the file again; LaTeX 2e is to blame. Warning: the
- report is not quite up to date.
- - Put any local macro definitions into the LaTeX preamble or else
- precede them by \setnone; thus the < sign can be used in the
- normal meaning as a comparison operator. Activate short Arabic
- insertions again by \setarab or any other of the commands for
- language choice.
- - PiCTeX users may use Arabic labels within diagrams if and only
- if these are included in \< and > (NOT < and >).
- - If you use MlTeX and the output looks broken, note the version
- number of MlTeX and inform us.
-
- Complaints:
-
- - There is STILL no Nasta`liq font.
-
- Known bugs:
-
- - None as yet.
-
- How to move from earlier minor versions to version 3.04:
-
- - read and/or print "README.303"
-
-==========================================================================
-04.07.95: Version 3.03e
-
- Fixes:
-
- - Final yah before hamza works again
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-24.05.95: Version 3.03d
-
- Fixes:
-
- - After switching to other encodings switching back to the
- standard encoding works again.
- - An empty \RL {} insertion will no more blow the system.
-
- Problems:
-
- - see version 3.03c
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-02.05.95: Version 3.03c
-
- Fixes:
-
- - The METAFONT routines for the fonts "nash14" and "nash14bf"
- used a file "asymbols.mf" that conflicted with the AMS-Fonts.
- This file has been renamed to "arabsymb.mf". To use the new
- version, download "arabsymb.mf" and "nashbase.mf" from the
- subdirectory ARABTEX/MFINPUT and delete "asymbols.mf". This
- only concerns users who need to regenerate the fonts locally.
-
- Problems:
-
- - The font "dclassic" used by the Hebrew mode of ArabTeX has on
- the archive "noa.huji.ac.il" been replaced by a new version
- that is incompatible to the previous version while keeping the
- same name. We are working on a solution to resolve the ensuing
- compatibility problems. Users of the previous version are not
- affected.
-
- Acknowledgment:
-
- - The routines for building up punctuated Hebrew characters have
- profited from macros written by Joel Hoffmann and contained in
- his packages "dots.sty" and "hvowel1.sty". We apologize for not
- pointing out this fact clearly.
-
- Necessary action:
-
- - Normally none, except if indicated above.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-24.04.95: Version 3.03b
-
- Fixes:
-
- - The handling of single and double quotes, and of other special
- characters, in the ASMO 449 and ISO 8859-6 encodings has been
- improved.
- - After a punctuation character inside a word (usually an error)
- no space will be produced.
- - <tanwIn> on <'alif maqsUraT> works again.
- - In \setverb mode, a <harakaT> on <'alif> now works.
- - In \setverb mode, <A> may be used to produce <'alif>.
- - The ligature <lm|a> is produced instead of <l|ma>.
- - <ba'>, <ya'> etc. before <lAm> now have the short form.
-
- Known bugs in ArabTeX:
-
- - \begin{arabtext} inside a minipage will produce a spurious
- empty line; the reason is unknown.
-
- Hints:
-
- - Numbers after quotes will not be recognized as such and thus
- will be reversed; as a workaround, leave a space around the
- digits, e.g., <`` 1234 ''> or use a \nospace command, e.g.,
- <`` \nospace 1234 \nospace ''>.
- Mind the spaces before the \nospace commands in the example!
- - With LaTeX2e, load ArabTeX and its suboptions by the command
- \usepackage.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-28.03.95: Version 3.03a
-
- Fixes:
-
- - A workaround for an error in some versions of ML-TeX has
- been tentatively introduced. Non-ML-TeX users may safely
- ignore this.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-10.03.95: Version 3.03
-
- Fixes:
-
- - A number of minor bugs have been fixed, nothing dramatic.
- - The spacing of punctuation has been improved.
-
- Modifications:
-
- - Hebrew vowel points are provided. Hebrew mode now uses the font
- "dclassic". It can be downloaded e.g. from "noa.huji.ac.il".
-
- Additions:
-
- - The Hebrew encoding used in the machine readable version
- of BHS is supported. See README.303!
- - \obeylines and \obeyspaces also work for Arabic text. They
- however must be used in a group that contains the Arabic
- text AND this group must be followed by at least one space.
- - An <Arabic insertion> inside a \verbatim environment will be
- typeset in Arabic. Big TeX may be necessary.
- An Arabic environment will be typeset verbatim.
- - \vskip, \hskip, \vspace, \hspace, \newpage, \vfill are legal
- in Arabic mode.
- - A list of the loaded modules is put into the log file.
-
- Known bugs:
-
- - None as yet.
-
- How to move from earlier minor versions to version 3.03:
-
- - completely replace the contents of the subdirectory TEXINPUT
- - move the updated files "arabdoc?.tex" from the outermost level
- to the subdirectory "REPORT"
- - read and/or print "README.303"
-
-==========================================================================
-12.08.94: Version 3.02b
-
- Fixes:
-
- - \fullvocalize mode uses somewhat less TeX main memory than
- before but might still overflow; using \newpage explicitly
- could help
- - some ligatures have been improved
- - spacing has been improved in short insertions when the
- transliteration is also generated
- - in Hebrew mode, HED encoding, double letters work again
- - explicit spreading works again correctly
- - <hamza> in rare cases had the wrong carrier
- - if an Arabic word starts with a vowel, "quoting" toggles
- <wasla> if no vowel is given in the input
- - bidirectional line-breaking has been much improved. The
- command \goodpar is rarely necessary
-
- Hints:
-
- - etrans.sty is no more necessary; load atrans.sty
- - \settrans{english} switches to the romanization conventions
- of the Library of Congress
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-19.07.94: Version 3.02a
-
- Fixes:
-
- - in Arabic, alif maqsura after tanwin works again
- - in Hebrew, before an apostrophe the medial form is used
- - in Hebrew, hyphen/maqqef works correctly
-
- Hints:
-
- - with Plain TeX (and/or EDMAC) only: load the ASCII file
- "apatch.sty" explicitly as the last file!
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-14.07.94: Version 3.02
-
- Fixes:
-
- - some minor bugs have been corrected
- - the User Manual has been slightly updated, but is otherwise
- somewhat out of date.
-
- Modifications:
-
- - for storage reasons the transcription module is not loaded
- automatically; add the LaTeX option "atrans" if required,
- or say "\input atrans.sty".
-
- Additions:
-
- - EDMAC 3.00 and EDMAC 3.15 are both supported.
- - the LaTeX option "abidir" provides the new command \RL {text}
- for right-to-left insertions; it is used like <text> which is
- still provided, and which should be used wherever possible for
- reasons of efficiency.
- - the LaTeX option "hebtex" loads the modules for processing text
- in Hebrew. Switch to Hebrew by \sethebrew, and back to Arabic
- by \setarab. Hebrew text can be coded in the standard ArabTeX
- input notation, or in the encoding used by the editor HED; the
- latter coding is activated by \setcode {hed}. The reading module
- is supposed to also process texts in "newcode" (not tested!)
- - For using the Hebrew mode, the font "deadsea" must be available;
- it can be downloaded e.g. from "noa.huji.ac.il". Vowels are
- presently not provided.
- - For details see the ASCII file "readme.302".
-
- Hints:
-
- - only load the modules really required, or you might have to use
- a Big TeX!
-
- Known bugs:
-
- - None.
-
- How to move from earlier minor versions to version 3.02:
-
- - completely replace the contents of the subdirectory TEXINPUT
- - move the updated files "arabdoc?.tex" from the outermost level
- to the subdirectory "REPORT"
- - read and/or print "README.302"
-
-==========================================================================
-05.05.94: Version 3.01a
-
- Fixes:
-
- - \parskip now has effect also inside Arabic environments.
-
- Additions:
-
- - The EDMAC commands \pstart, \pend, \autopar are allowed
- inside an Arabic environment, IF properly nested.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-28.04.94: Version 3.01
-
- There has been extensive internal rewriting but the external
- effects are minor.
-
- - \setarab is the language default again. It will no more break
- the user's macro definitions IF these are put into the LaTeX
- preamble, or before "\input arabtex.sty" when using Plain TeX.
-
- Fixes:
-
- - Spaces are normally ignored after allowed control sequences
- inside Arabic text, (if not produced by the command itself.)
- - The spacing between a final silent <hah> in Persian and the
- next word has been improved.
-
- - An error in "twoblocks.sty" has been corrected that produced
- a spurious vertical space.
- - An error in "asmo449.sty" has been corrected that produced
- nonsense from the combination "Gdr" (article with an explicit
- <sukUn>)
- - In "abjad.sty", the <gIm> for the numeral 3 has no dot.
-
- Additions:
-
- - The commands \smallskip, \medskip, \bigskip, \newpage,
- \clearpage, \pagebreak, \hskip {glue}, \vskip {glue}, \today
- now work inside Arabic text.
- - there is a new language mode: \setturk for Ottoman.
- The input notation has been extended to cover both the standard
- and the modern Turkish transliteration.
- The documentation remains to be written :-(
- - there is a new language mode: \setkurdish for Kurdish.
- The documentation remains to be written :-(
- - "" produces an explicit <sukUn> except in \fullvocalize mode
- where it deletes a <sukUn> otherwise present.
- - The new commands \setarabfont {\nash} or \setarabfont {\nashbf}
- supersede \setnash and \setnashbf (which are still supported).
-
- Known bugs:
-
- - None.
-
- Hints:
-
- - The LaTeX style option "atrans" is redundant.
- - After changing the input coding, select the language mode and
- the vowelization mode anew (this is a feature :-).
-
- How to move from earlier minor versions to version 3.01:
-
- - completely replace the contents of the directory TEXINPUT
- - observe that there is a new file "acmd.sty"
-
-==========================================================================
-07.12.93: Version 3.00b
-
- Fixes:
-
- - corrected handling of <tanween fatha> in \setverb mode.
- - improved error handling for illegal commands.
- - ligature <geem>-<meem> also in spreading mode.
-
- Additions:
-
- - \setspace{rubber_length} changes the default for spaces in
- Arabic text; 3pt plus .5fil is recommended for \spreadbox.
-
- Known bugs:
-
- - arguments of boxing commands may not contain insertions.
- - in ASMO449, the combination Gdr (article with an explicit
- sukoon) will produce nonsense.
-
- Hints:
-
- - There is no language default. Do not forget \setarab etc.
- or otherwise you might get strange results.
- - After changing the input coding, select the language and
- the vowelization mode anew (this is a feature).
-
- These are in the manual but easily overlooked.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-26.11.93: Version 3.00a
-
- Fixes:
-
- - the <hamza> carrier is now <ya'> the before diphthong <ay>
-
- Additions:
-
- - more Qur'anic writing variants provided
- - \hfil is allowed in Arabic text
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-20.11.93: Major Version 3.00
-
- Status:
-
- - large portions of the code have been rearranged and partly
- rewritten
- - The User Manual has been extensively updated and describes
- all (supported) ArabTeX features currently implemented
- - Version 3.00 seems to be compatible with Version 2 files
- - NFSS and NFSS2 can be used but are not required
- - all known bugs have been removed
- - Version 3.00 still can be run (slowly) on a standard PC XT
-
- Additions:
-
- - texts coded in ASMO 449 or ISO 8859-6 can now be processed
- - several historic writing variants are additionally supported
- - details of Farsi support are now described in the User Manual
- - many new commands are valid inside Arabic text; a complete
- list appears in the log file of each ArabTeX run, and also
- in the new User Manual
- - see also versions 2.00 - 2.08 below
-
-==========================================================================
-
- How to move from version 2.0x, 0 <= x <= 8, to version 3.00:
-
- - completely replace the contents of the directory TEXINPUT
- - completely replace the contents of the directory REPORT
- - process AND READ the new User Manual "arabdoc.tex"
- - leave the fonts alone
-
- How to move from version 1 (or none at all) to version 3.00:
-
- - Do as above; install the fonts "nash14" and "nash14bf" first
- according to local TeX conventions.
- - If the font "nash10" is still there, delete it.
-
-==========================================================================
- For information on older versions see the file "changes2.txt".
-==========================================================================
- Prof. Klaus Lagally
- Institut fuer Formale Methoden der Informatik
- Universitaet Stuttgart
- Universitaetsstrasse 38
- D-70569 Stuttgart
- GERMANY
-
- lagally@informatik.uni-stuttgart.de
- FAX: +49 - 711 - 7816 370
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Copyright (c) 1990 - 2003, Klaus Lagally
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
+CHANGES.TXT 23.10.2003 +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + ArabTeX Version 3 + ================= +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + NOTE: Version management: + + - We distinguish major versions "m.00", minor versions "m.nn-" + with nn > 0, and patch versions "m.nnx" where "x" is a letter. + + - to update from an older major version: reinstall completely. + + - to update from an older minor version: replace the contents of + "TEXINPUT" and, if so indicated, "REPORT". Replace the fonts + only if so indicated explicitly. + + - to update to a newer patch version: replace the ASCII file + "apatch.sty" and, if you use Hebrew, "hepatch.sty". These files + are distributed as unpacked text files, and will be applied + automatially whenever starting ArabTeX. + + - Patch versions within the same minor version are cumulative, so + a newer patch will encompass all earlier versions. + + - To back out from a patch version, replace "apatch.sty" by an + earlier version (within the same minor version only!) if still + locally available, or else edit out the current additions from + "apatch.sty" and, if applicable, "hepatch.sty" (save a copy + first!). Also please inform the author why you backed out. + + - There is no provision to return gracefully to earlier minor or + even major versions. We can make them available on request, but + you should have good reasons, and there will be no support. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +23.10.2003: Version 3.11d + + Fixes: + + - In the Arabic document classes, the formatting of the table + of contents was improved. A strange bug was corrected. + + - A storage leak was found which prevented the formatting of + longer documents, leading to 'save stack overflow'. + + - A bug in the ligatures module was found which used to produce + bogus messages 'missing letter y in font xnsh14' and to + slightly interfere with correct vowelization. + + - A bug in the output module was found which used to produce + bogus messages 'underfull vbox while \output was active'. + The fix might slightly influence page breaking. + + New features: + + - There is now limited support for Arabized LyX. + Since there are no 'italic', 'slanted', 'sanserif' etc. fonts + available for ArabTeX, all special font variants are presently + mapped into 'bold face'. This could be changed at the user's + request; please send any suggestions to the author. + + - The messages in the LOG file are less verbose now. + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty". + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +17.09.2003: Version 3.11c + + Fixes: + + - in Hebrew mode, a spurious 'shwa' on 'gimel' was fixed. + + New features: + + - Hebrew mode provides a new command \setjudarab to activate + an experimental Judaeo-Arabic mode. Input is supposed to be + Arabic in the standard transliteration encoding (other modes + might work by accident), output is an extended Hebrew writing + in the chosen Hebrew font, and the standard transliteration + when activated. Arabic vowels are presently not provided; the + Hebrew vowels work but are presumably of no use. + + Caution: The new mode can be expected to contain errors. We + do not know the exact writing conventions, and have no access + to any relevant literature. Scholars in the field are urged + to contact the author. Comments and suggestions are invited. + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty". + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +08.09.2003: Version 3.11b + + Fixes: + + - the selection of fonts in Arabic and Hebrew mode has been + drastically changed, and several logical errors have been + eliminated. Some of the remaining bugs have been fixed. + + - Hebrew Plain mode works again. To use it, download the new + version of 'hebtex.tex'(!), the Hebrew Plain driver. The + corrections cannot be handled by "apatch.sty" alone. + + New features: + + - ArabTeX now seems to cooperate with LyX in Arabic and Hebrew + mode. + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty". + + - in case you are using the Hebrew Plain mode (and only then) + also download the new version of the driver module "hebtex.tex" + (not "hebtex.sty"!) + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +27.08.2003: Version 3.11a + + Fixes: + + - the 'hanging heh' in Urdu mode has been fixed. + + - the selection of fonts in Arabic and Hebrew mode has been + drastically changed, and several logical errors have been + eliminated. Hopefully there are not too many new bugs. + + - Hebrew Plain mode should work again. If you are not directly + concerned, forget it; tests are going on. The necessary + corrections cannot be handled by "apatch.sty" alone, see the + remarks below. + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty". + + - in case you are using the Hebrew Plain mode (and only then) + also download the new version of the driver module "hebtex.tex" + (not "hebtex.sty"!) + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +22.08.2002: Version 3.11 + + Status: + + - This is a new minor version. All existing patches have been + merged into the respective macro files. To install it, load + and replace all macros in the subdirectory "TEXINPUT"; there + are some new files, and some have been extensively rewritten! + The functionality is supposed to be unchanged. + + - Distribution and modification of ArabTeX is now governed by + the Latex Project Public License (see LPPL.TXT). + + - We recommend installing of the fonts "xnash14" and "xnash14bf" + to obtain better quality of output. These fonts are now the + default; to revert to the old font versions use the command + "\oldarabfont". + + New features: + + - In Hebrew mode, all standard fonts available on CTAN are now + supported, including the possibility of generating vowel points + in \vocalize mode. + + Bugs: + + - Hebrew Plain TeX mode is currently broken. + + Installation: + + - Download the contents of "TEXINPUT", and in case of any font + problems also "MFINPUT". + + - In case of problems with old DVI files regenerate them; or else + download "arabsymb.mf" and regenerate the font "nash14". + +========================================================================== +23.04.2003: Version 3.10k + + Fixes: + + - some glitches in Farsi mode were fixed. + + - in Uighuric mode, some transcriptions were missing. + + - in Urdu mode, final 'wavy hah' is generated now. + + New features: + + - in Uighuric mode, <:s> produces 'sin' with three dots below. + <A> produces 'alif' with 'madda', so does <^A>. + + - in Farsi mode and its descendants, 'kasra' on a double letter + will be positioned below the letter instead of below the + 'shadda' mark. This feature will later become an option. + + - the internal test mode is less verbose. This need not concern + normal users. + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty". + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +16.11.2002: Version 3.10j + + Fixes: + + - the handling of 'ayin' in Hebrew mode was improved. + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty". + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +14.11.2002: Version 3.10i + + Fixes: + + - "matres lectionis" in Hebrew work better. + + - Version 3.10h was broken on some servers! + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty". + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +28.08.2002: Version 3.10h + + Fixes: + + - The math command \cap was broken. + + - Line breaking of Roman insertions within Arabic mode seems to + work correctly now. + + New features: + + - There is formally a new language mode \setbalut for Balochy. + Presently it is mapped to \setpashto but will be extended as + soon as the exact writing rules are known. + + - The command \cond #1{#2}{#3}\fi will expand to either #2 or #3 + depending on the TeX conditional #1. It is nearly equivalent + to #1 #2\else #3\fi but may also be used in Arabic mode. The + command is skippable and fully expandable. + + - \endinput may occur in Arabic mode. + + - The input character <G> encodes Pashto 'gAf' with a ring. In + Farsi and Pashto mode, <g> produces Farsi 'gAf' with a stroke. + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty". + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +16.06.2002: Version 3.10g + + Fixes: + + - in Pashto mode, <.n> will produce 'noon' with a dot and a ring. + Some further Pashto codes can be found in Table 4.2. + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty". + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +11.05.2002: Version 3.10f + + Fixes: + + - in Persian mode, some bugs concerning 'hamze on he' were fixed. + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty". + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +14.04.2002: Version 3.10e + + Fixes: + + - in the standard Hebrew transcription, 'shwa' was missing. + + - in Persian mode, 'hamze on he' is produced if required. + + - in Hebrew mode using the 'hclassic' and 'hcaption' fonts, the + vowel points are generated differently to render better when + using T1 fonts. + + - in CP1256 encoding, explicit 'shadda' works now correctly. + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty". + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +07.03.2002: Version 3.10d + + Fixes: + + - In many of the non-standard encodings the handling of double + letters (implicit shadda or not) has been corrected. + + - In the Arabic document classes 'arabbook', 'arabrep', 'arabart' + the handling of figure and table \captions has been improved. + + Hints: + + - When using a local addition to ArabTeX together with a patch + version of ArabTeX, read the local addition by \input after + the command \begin{document}, not by an \usepackage command. + Otherwise a race condition occurs that could overwrite your + local additions. + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty". + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +03.03.2002: Version 3.10c + + Fixes: + + - The default language is Arabic again. + + - The LaTeX commands \footnote, \footnotemark, and \footnotetext + in normal LTR LaTeX mode were broken in version 3.10b. Sorry! + + - In the Arabic document classes 'arabbook', 'arabrep', 'arabart' + the environment 'tabular' works correctly. + + - In the Arabic document classes 'arabbook', 'arabrep', 'arabart' + the command \tableofcontents works correctly. + + - In the Arabic document classes 'arabbook', 'arabrep', 'arabart' + the commands \table and \figure may have a \caption. + + Hints: + + - In the Arabic document classes 'arabbook', 'arabrep', 'arabart' + and *also* in normal LTR mode, within the \tabular environment + every row but the last must be terminated by \\, also if \hline + follows. The text of the error message has been improved. + + New Features: + + - The Arabic document classes 'arabbook', 'arabrep', 'arabart' + formerly required the use of the ArabTeX standard encoding for + correct functioning of generated section heads and the like. + This restriction was never noticed, and applies no more. + + - Abjad numbers now also work with other input encodings. + + - Within an Arabic environment the command \stdcode{some text} + accepts Arabic text in the ArabTeX standard encoding even if + otherwise some other encoding is in use. This may be useful + for local corrections. + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty". + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +12.02.2002: Version 3.10b + + Fixes: + + - The LaTeX commands \footnote, \footnotemark, and \footnotetext + now work correctly within Arabic environments, even if only + transliteration mode is active. The output mode (transliterate, + Arabic writing, or both) of Arabic inserts in the footnote text + is inherited from the main document if not explicitly switched + locally within the footnote text. + + Hints: + + - Footnotes containing Arabic inserts might come out too high. + This may be prevented, at the risk of lines overlapping, by + \smash-ing the Arabic insert or even the complete footnote. + + - Within transliteration mode hyphenation is only performed after + long vowels, thus \sloppy mode might be required. If the last + word of a line ends with a long vowel, a spurious hyphen will + appear. This is a bug; presently no fix is known! + + New Features: + + - The LaTeX footnote commands (see above) also work within the + Arabic document classes 'arabart', 'arabrep', and 'arabbook'. + + - By default, or after the command \LRfootnotes, the footnotes + are positioned as in a Roman document, and the footnote text + is assumed to be Roman by default. Arabic inserts are produced + by \RL{ }. + + - After the command \RLfootnotes, footnotes run from right to + left and the default language mode is Arabic. Roman inserts + are produced by \LR{ }. + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty". + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +06.10.2001: Version 3.10a + + Fixes: + + - A few minor patches from 'v3.09' did not make it into 'v3.10'. + + - The transliteration of '_h' was improved. + + - Plain TeX mode now also uses fonts "xnash14" and "xnash14bf" + as the default. + + - In Hebrew mode, 'cholem male' and vowels in contact now work + correctly. + + - In Hebrew mode, footnotes containing Hebrew inserts now have + uniform baselines again. + + New Features: + + - All patches are now handled by "apatch.sty". + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty". + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +17.09.2001: Version 3.10 + + Status: + + - This is a new minor version. All existing patches have been + merged into the respective macro files. To install it, load + and replace all macros in the subdirectory "TEXINPUT"; there + are some new files, and some have been extensively rewritten! + The functionality is supposed to be unchanged. + + - Distribution and modification of ArabTeX is now governed by + the Latex Project Public License (see LPPL.TXT). + + - We recommend installing of the fonts "xnash14" and "xnash14bf" + to obtain better quality of output. These fonts are now the + default; to revert to the old font versions use the command + "\oldarabfont". + + New features: + + - In Hebrew mode, all standard fonts available on CTAN are now + supported, including the possibility of generating vowel points + in \vocalize mode. + + Bugs: + + - Presently none are known. + + Installation: + + - Download the contents of "TEXINPUT", and in case of any font + problems also "MFINPUT". + + - In case of problems with old DVI files regenerate them; or else + download "arabsymb.mf" and regenerate the font "nash14". + +========================================================================== +13.05.2001: Version 3.09g + + Fixes: + + - Some spurious spaces in the transliteration were fixed. + + - \tabular within \center was broken by \RL{}. + + - Hamza and `Ayn were broken in a \tabbing environment. + + New Features: + + - The file "arabtds.zip" in the distribution, when available, + contains the ArabTeX package repacked according to the TDS + (TeX Directory Structure). To install the complete package, + PC Users of MikTeX and several other TeX distributions that + presuppose the TDS structure, should download this file only + (in binary mode!) and unpack it at the top level of their + local TEXMF tree. For other installations, moving around some + files or adjusting some access path might be required. + + - Reminder: some TeX installations require a command "texhash" + or "texconfig" to activate a newly installed package. + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty". + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +27.05.2000: Version 3.09f + + Fixes: + + - The LaTeX command \cdot works again. + + - The LaTeX command \protect may appear in RL mode. It has no + visible effect. + + - The vertical bar | has no function, but does no harm behind an + Arabic character that does not connect to the left. + + - The behaviour of "wasla" in the transliteration was fixed. + + - The vertical spacing of footnotes is no more influenced by \RL + insertions in the first line. + + New Features: + + - Brackets [ and ] and parentheses ( and ) may be used within an + Arabic or Hebrew word to indicate optional parts; they do not + change the connection behaviour of the adjacent characters. + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty" and "hepatch.sty". + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +05.04.2000: Version 3.09e + + Fixes: + + - to switch the transcription font say, e.g., \settransfont{\rm}. + \settransfont{rm} (forgetting the \) now also works, instead of + producing impressive garbage. + + - an \RL{} insertion text may now begin with a space. + + - footnotes containing \RL{} insertions have uniform baselines. + + - the space command \ works within RL mode. + + - \bf and \rm (for returning to normal) work within RL mode. + + New Features: + + - within RL environments, \newcommand, \newenvironment, and \def + and their relatives may be used to define new control sequences + which have to expand to legal ArabTeX input; they will not be + visible outside of the environment (even if \gdef or \xdef is + used.) For a user defined command to be visible both outside + and inside RL mode, define it in LR mode and announce it to the + ArabTeX command processor by \allowarab. + + - the new commands \shadda, \madda, \sukun in Arabic mode and the + commands \raphe, \dagesh, \mappiq in Hebrew mode will place the + corresponding diacritic on the preceding letter. In Hebrew mode + \maqqef will produce a connector, \abbr an abbreviation mark. + + - A single hyphen will be invisible in the RL writing, but will + show up in the transcription; the adjacent letters will always + assume the connecting form, if it exists, even at the beginning + or the end of a word. + + - any paragraph containing \RL{} insertions will now have uniform + baselines. The users might have to adjust \baselinestretch. + + - RL insertions now also work for encodings like MacOS Arabic and + MacOS Hebrew that provide an RL space. + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty" + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +18.03.2000: Version 3.09d + + Fixes: + + - the transcription did not work correctly within a LaTeX tabbing + environment since this environment mungles the accent commands. + (We consider this a mis-feature in LaTeX!) + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty" + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +19.10.1999: Version 3.09c + + Fixes: + + - "\cap" for capitalisation of the transcription now works also + within section titles and in the table of contents. + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty" + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +30.07.1999: Version 3.09b + + Note: version 3.09a did not work. + + Fixes: + + - In the Hebrew mode, "maqqef" now works with all fonts. + + Installation: + + - download "hepatch.sty" + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +17.07.1999: Version 3.09 + + Status: + + - This is a new minor version. All existing patches have been + merged into the respective macro files. To install it, load + and replace all macros in the subdirectory "TEXINPUT"; there + are some new files, and some have been extensively rewritten! + The functionality is supposed to be unchanged. + + - We recommend installing of the fonts "xnash14" and "xnash14bf" + to obtain better quality of output. These fonts are now the + default; to revert to the old font versions use the command + "\oldarabfont". + + New features: + + - Many ArabTeX commands that used to be fragile in connection + with LaTeX are now robust. + + - Within the LaTeX document classes "arabart", "arabrep", and + "arabbook" nearly all LaTeX environments are allowed also + within Arabic mode. + + Recommendations: + + - When typesetting Roman text with Arabic or Hebrew insertions, a + better result can usually be obtained by typesetting on a grid; + this can be accomplished by resetting the parameters \lineskip + to 0pt, \lineskiplimit to -30pt, and redefining \baselinestretch + to 1.2 (or \baselineskip to 1.2\baselineskip, with Plain TeX). + You may want to experiment with the factor quoted as "1.2". + + Bugs: + + - Presently none are known. + + Installation: + + - Download the contents of "TEXINPUT", and in case of any font + problems also "MFINPUT". + + - In case of problems with old DVI files regenerate them; or else + download "arabsymb.mf" and regenerate the font "nash14". + +========================================================================== +24.06.99: Version 3.08i + + New Features: + + - there is an "abstract" environment in the Arabic classes. + - mathematical displays bracketed by $$ $$ may be nested within an + Arabic environment. Bracketing by $ $ was always there. + - The LaTeX commands \( \), \[ \], and also the LaTeX environments + "math", "displaymath", "equation", "eqnarray", and "eqnarray*" + are supported within Arabic environments, also with the options + "leqno" and "fleqn", if LaTeX is used. + + Upcoming Features: + + - a new edition of the User manual is in preparation. + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty", if you are interested. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +10.06.99: Version 3.08h + + Fixes: + + - there were a few glitches in Pashto and Kashmiri encoding + - there were a few glitches in Pashto transliteration + - the command \settrans #1 is allowed within Arabic mode + - the command \tracingmacros #1 is allowed within Arabic mode + + New Features: + + - the environments "RLtext", "arabtext", and "hebtext" are now + equivalent + - the braces \< and > are admissible within Arabic mode but have + no effect + - the command \addcontentsline also works in the Arabic classes + "arabrep", "arabart", "arabbook" + - the title of the table of contents is context dependent in the + Arabic document classes + + Upcoming Features: + + - a new edition of the User manual is in preparation + - there is yet no "abstract" environment in the Arabic classes + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty" + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +16.05.99: Version 3.08g2 + + Fixes: + + - In the transcription mode, capitalization (see version 3.08) can + now also be used within a word, even several times. + - In the transcription, the positioning of the marks for Hamza and + Ayn was slightly improved. + - in Urdu mode, Ta' marbuta works again. + - in BHS mode, Shin works again. + - in the Arabic document classes, some spurious font switches were + fixed. + + New Features: + + - There is a new language mode: Kashmiri. See "kashmiri.tex" for a + short description. + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty" (and "kashmiri.sty", "kashmiri.tex" and/or + "bhs.sty" if required) + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +10.05.99: Version 3.08f + + Fixes: + + - In the transcription mode, capitalization (see version 3.08) can + now also be used in the English (Encyclopedia of Islam) style. + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty". + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +22.04.99: Version 3.08e + + Fixes: + + - We found some grave errors in the Urdu mode; it seems to work + again now. Observe that there are several forms of "heh": + - the two-eyed form for aspiration: code <h> + - the wavy form for other cases: code <,h> + - the final closed form: code <H> + For the Name of God, use <H> in Urdu mode, or switch to \setarab + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty". + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +10.04.99: Version 3.08d + + Fixes: + + - For use with EDMAC, the file "aedpatch.sty" has been updated to + fix some spurious spaces. + - For use with Hebrew, the files "hclassic.mf" and "hcaption.mf" + have been slightly adjusted, and "hcbase_pc.mf" was renamed to + "hcbase.mf" to fix an incompatibility in some operating systems + preventing automatic font generation; the fonts themselves are + unchanged. + + Installation: + + - download the indicated files, if you need them; otherwise you + may safely ignore this version. + + Note: the version number of ArabTeX (in the LOG) is still 3.08c ! + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +25.03.99: Version 3.08c + + Fixes: + + - Most of the LaTeX renumbering commands introduced in the last + version (3.08b) do NOT work and have been blocked off. LaTeX + does not allow font changes within numbering commands, since + these must be fully expandable within TeX's mouth. + + - "arabrep.cls" has been updated again. + + Old Features: + + - There is only one new numbering command, and it only can be + used in the context of the Arabic document classes, also as a + \pagenumbering style, and for renaming e.g. \thesection: + + \abj{ctr} "abjad" notation for counters. + + - \pagenumbering{abj} may also be written \pagenumbering{abjad}. + + - in the Arabic document classes, put \tableofcontents within + an Arabic environment. + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty", and also "arabrep.cls" when required. + The latter file is not contained within the packed versions! + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +21.03.99: Version 3.08b1 + + New Features: + + - For LaTeX there are additional numbering commands for counters + (cf. Section C.8.4 "Numbering" in the LaTeX manual:) + + \arab{ctr} "Arabic" Arabic numerals + \Arab{ctr} "Arabic" Arabic numerals, bold + \abj{ctr} "abjad" notation + \Abj{ctr} "abjad" notation, bold + \Arabic{ctr} "European" Arabic numerals, bold (extension!) + + - There are also the corresponding \pagenumbering styles, e.g.: + \pagenumbering{Abj} for bold "abjad" page numbers. + + Fixes: + + - Some of these commands were present in 3.07g but did not work. + + - isiri.sty had become incompatible and has been updated. + + - arabrep.cls had become incompatible and has been updated. + + Hints: + + - if your MFINPUT subdirectory of ArabTeX should contain a file + "asymbols.mf", delete it. It is obsolete and may be in conflict + with AMSTeX and/or AMSLaTeX. + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty", and "isiri.sty" or "arabrep.cls" when + required. The latter two files are not contained within the + packed versions! + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +13.02.99: Version 3.08a + + Fixes: + + - The transliteration of "Quran alif" was in error. + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty" if required. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +01.12.98: Version 3.08 + + Status: + + - This is a new minor version. All existing patches have been + merged into the respective macro files. To install it, load + and replace all macros in the subdirectory "TEXINPUT"; there + are some new files, and some have been extensively rewritten! + The functionality is supposed to be unchanged. + + - We recommend installing of the fonts "xnash14" and "xnash14bf" + (and activating them) to obtain better quality of output. + + - ArabTeX is believed to be fully compatible with Babel; however, + it does not use its features. Please report incompatibilities. + + - BHS mode is now also compatible with "german.sty". + + New features: + + - There are two new experimental fonts "xnash14" and "xnash14bf" + which overcome some limitations inherent in the previously + available versions "nash14" and "nash14bf". These fonts can be + activated (if installed) by the new command "\newarabfont" and + can be deactivated again by "\oldarabfont"; these commands + change the meaning of the commands "\setnash" and "\setnashbf" + to switch to the new versions, if required, and back. + + - In transcription mode, single characters may be capitalized by + prefixing the command \cap in the input; the Arabic writing is + not affected. + - with ' (hamza) and ` (`ayn) the next visible letter will be + capitalized. + - this feature also works within words, after prefixes and after + the article, even if written in the assimilated form. + + - In transcription mode, the representations of "hamza" and "ayin" + have been changed slightly; this might influence line breaks. + + Recommendations: + + - When typesetting Roman text with Arabic or Hebrew insertions, a + better result can usually be obtained by typesetting on a grid; + this can be accomplished by resetting the parameters \lineskip + to 0pt, \lineskiplimit to -30pt, and redefining \baselinestretch + to 1.2 (or \baselineskip to 1.2\baselineskip, with Plain TeX). + You may want to experiment with the factor quoted as "1.2". + + Bugs: + + - Presently none are known. + + Installation: + + - Download the contents of "TEXINPUT". + + - In case of problems with old DVI files regenerate them; or else + download "arabsymb.mf" and regenerate the font "nash14". + +========================================================================== +21.10.98: Version 3.07k + + Fixes: + + - A very obscure internal error has been corrected. + + - In Hebrew mode, the positioning of dagesh and also of some vowel + points has been improved. + - In Hebrew mode, "meteg" (and silluq) now also works with cholem. + - In Hebrew mode, there now is a small space before sof pasuq. + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty" and "hepatch.sty". + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +18.10.98: Version 3.07j + + Fixes: + + - In Hebrew mode, patach furtivum after cholem works now. + - In Hebrew verbatim encodings (HED and ISO 8859-8), neither two + identical letters nor a medial letter and its final form will be + any more combined (erroneously) to a letter with dagesh. + + Open Problems: + + - On some servers, the font "nash14" seems to be broken. This does + NOT concern current ArabTeX runs, but displaying older DVI files + might be affected in that some characters, e.g., <^gim>, may be + missing. + - This will be fixed in the next minor version 3.08; for the time + being there are two workarounds: + - Reprocess the ArabTeX input file; the display will be correct. + - If this is not possible or not wanted, download the ASCII file + "arabsymb.mf" and regenerate the font as required. + - The font "nash14bf" might have the same problem; the workarounds + apply also. + - Neither new ArabTeX runs nor the font "xnsh14" are affected. + + Hints: + + - With Hebrew and LaTeX, the LaTeX2e version should be 1996/12/01 + or newer; older versions have been reported to produce obscure + errors. We can no more check this. + + Installation: + + - download "hepatch.sty", and "arabsymb.mf" if required. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +30.09.98: Version 3.07i + + Fixes: + + - ArabTeX and CJK are now fully compatible. The loading sequence + of ArabTeX and CJK is arbitrary. + - defective notation of fatha, kasra, damma works again. + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty". + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +17.09.98: Version 3.07h + + Fixes: + + - The position of some more diacritic dots has been corrected. + - several ligatures have been improved. + + New Features: + + - ArabTeX is now compatible with the package "fnpara.sty" IF this + package is loaded BEFORE "arabtex.sty" so that ArabTeX can find + out about its presence. + - ArabTeX is now compatible with the package "CJK.sty" IF this + package is loaded BEFORE "arabtex.sty" so that ArabTeX can find + out about its presence. + + Special Features: + + - for users of "tustep.sty" (if any :-): + ArabTeX is compatible again. + + Known bugs: + + - There is a problem concerning double consonants in Hebrew, only + in the HED encoding. + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty". + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +28.08.98: Version 3.07g + + Fixes: + + - The position of some diacritic dots has been corrected. + + New Features: + + - For LaTeX there are additional styles for page numbers: + \pagenumbering{arab} will produce *real* Arabic page numbers + \pagenumbering{Arab} will produce bold Arabic page numbers + \pagenumbering{abjad} will produce "abjad" page numbers + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty". + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +06.08.98: Version 3.07f + + Fixes: + + - there was a small problem transliterating emphasized words. + + - separating words by || did not work. + + - the character for final "ny" in Malay was wrong. + - the character for final "h" in Malay was wrong. + + New Features: + + - Arabic and Persian words may be separated by \, (small space) + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty". + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +31.07.98: Version 3.07e + + Fixes: + + - there were spurious characters in Hebrew output. + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty" and "hepatch.sty". + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +28.07.98: Version 3.07d + + New Features: + + - there is a new directory "psfonts" that contains the Postscript + Type 1 versions of the fonts "xnsh14" and "xnsh14bf". The files + are called "xnsh14.pfb", "xnsh14bf.pfb", and "arabtex.map". The + fonts use the original TFM files. They have been tested with + dvips 5.76, ghostscript 5.10, a LaserJet 4+, and Acrobat Reader. + + These font files have been built and donated by Taco Hoekwater + (taco.hoekwater@wkap.nl). Three cheers on him! + + Old Features: + + - the Arabic commands \lq (opening quotes), \rq (closing quotes), + and \,(small non-breaking space) have been present for some time; + we forgot to document this fact. + + Installation: + + - download and install the contents of the directory "psfonts" + wherever appropriate on your system; this is system dependent. + + - "apatch.sty" was changed, but need not be downloaded except on + special advice. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +27.07.98: Version 3.07c + + Fixes: + + - in Farsi mode ,a and ,e work again. + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty" and "hepatch.sty". + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +23.07.98: Version 3.07b + + Fixes: + + - The letter SIN in Hebrew mode was broken. + - The Sindhi abbreviations look better now. + + Installation: + + - download "apatch.sty" and "hepatch.sty". + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +20.07.98: Version 3.07a + + Fixes: + + - After installing the version 3.07 on our local server we noticed + an incompatibility with LaTeX2e; also by some new strategies the + patching mechanism had been broken. To fix these effects we had + to modify several source modules; we also found, and repaired, + several minor bugs. This is in fact nearly a new minor version; + on installation see below. + + - To our surprise we found, and repaired, a Y2000 problem. + + Changes: + + - Switch to the new font "xnsh14" by the command "\newarabfont"; + use "\oldarabfont" for switching back. The previous command + "\newfont" collides with a command in LaTeX2e. + + Extensions: + + - The font "xnsh14" contains all character fragments necessary to + build the characters in the extended Arabic segment of Unicode. + There is as yet no reading module for Unicode or UTF-8 encoding; + the present version of "utf8.sty" is still inconsistent. + + - There are new commands "\MIN" and "\IN" for two frequently used + abbreviations in Sindhi. + + - The file "atrans.sty" is loaded automatically. + + - The file "etrans.sty" has been deleted. Use "\settrans{english}" + + - The file "nashbf.sty" has been deleted. Use "\setnashbf" + + Installation: + + - If you already have loaded version 3.07, unpack and replace the + macro files in "tex307a.zip"; otherwise do a complete install as + indicated below for version 3.07 first. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +16.07.98: Version 3.07 + + Status: + + - This is a new minor version. All existing patches have been + merged into the respective macro files. To install it, load + and replace all macros in the subdirectory "TEXINPUT"; there + are several new files! + + - We have rewritten substantial parts of the package in order to + increase stability and also to ease maintenance and extensions; + the modularisation is now different, and some of the internal + interfaces have been modified. This need not concern the user; + the functionality has not been changed, and apparently nothing + was broken during the transition to the new structure. + - The main reason for the changes was, apart from improving the + overall structure, to prepare for the handling of the full + Arabic segment of Unicode. This goal has not yet been attained, + but it required substantial changes in the internal structures. + - The positioning of diacritical marks has on the average been + much improved. There are a few exceptions; affected users that + need the maximum quality available could try their luck with + the new fonts "xnash14" and "xnash14bf" (see below). Otherwise + the user interface has not changed. + + Additions: + + - There are two new experimental fonts "xnash14" and "xnash14bf" + which overcome some limitations inherent in the previously + available versions "nash14" and "nash14bf". These fonts can be + activated (if installed) by the new command "\newfont" and can + be deactivated again by "\oldfont"; these commands change the + meaning of the commands "\setnash" and "\setnashbf" to switch + to the new versions, if required, and back. Normal users not + requiring the new versions can safely ignore this feature; they + need not now install these fonts. + + Bugs: + + - Presently none are known. + +========================================================================== +24.03.98: Version 3.06h + + Fixes: + + - some ligatures had been broken by the Sindhi mode; these have + been fixed. + - kashida before alif maqsura works again. + + Problems: + + - verses produced via "verses.sty" will ruin the word spacing if + they occur within an Arabic paragraph inside a footnote, and + possibly in other circumstances. There is a workaround: put the + command "\setspace{4.3pt plus 0.001fil}" after the last verse. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +11.03.98: Version 3.06g3 + + Fixes: + + - bi-directional linebreaking has been improved; there were some + spurious blank spaces. + + New features: + + - ArabTeX is now believed to be compatible with the BABEL system. + We cannot test this locally; reports are welcome. We acknowledge + useful hints by Olaf Kummer and Johannes Braams. + + - there is now less spurious information in the LOG file. + + - there are some preparations for processing the UTF-8 encoding + and the extended Arabic character set provided in UNICODE. These + features cannot yet be accessed from the user level. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +26.01.98: Version 3.06f + + Fixes: + + - the special handling of final "mim" has been restricted to the + Sindhi mode. + - the positioning of diacritics has been improved. + + - Hebrew and EDMAC users: the "\if@lodia effect" has been fixed. + + Note to users of EDMAC: + + - download the new version 3.06a of 22.01.98 of "aedpatch.sty". + This fixes the format of footnote paragraphs. (This correction + cannot technically be handled by a patch within "apatch.sty"). + + Note to users of the Sindhi mode: + + - please download the fonts again to get all characters. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +15.12.97: Version 3.06e + + Fixes: + + - "alif maqsura" and isolated "hamza" take explicit vowel marks + and also "tanwin" if required. + - final "mim" in the Urdu mode again has the long shape. In the + Sindhi mode a short form is simulated by a kashida if needed. + - in Urdu the encoding <,d> produces "dal" with a "toi" accent, + and initial <U> becomes "alif+damma" and "waw" as required. + - some transcription errors in Urdu mode have been fixed. + - some ligatures in Sindhi mode are improved. + + Problems: + + - medial "wavy hah" in Urdu has a mark below it (controversial). + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +27.11.97: Version 3.06d + + Fixes: + + - the input letter <A> denotes alif also in initial position and + after a prefix separated by a hyphen. It may take short vowels, + and also sukun (only if quoted). This feature may be useful when + copying corrupted texts. + - the "lam" of the article carries "sukun" also if the following + word starts with "`ayin", like with the other "moon letters". + - the encodings <I> and <iy> are equivalent; also <Iy> and <iyy>, + <U> and <uw>, <Uw> and <uww>. + - <"> and <""> at the beginning of a word generate alif with wasla + even after a prefix. + - a prefix before hyphen no more needs a short vowel to work. + - the invisible character <|> is legal in the initial or the final + position (but makes no sense there). It never takes a vowel mark. + + New features: + + - the inflection endings <-a>, <-i>, <-u>, <-aN>, <-iN>, <-uN> may + be separated by a hyphen, also if written <-aNA>. Otherwise the + character after a hyphen will be considered to start a new word, + but may be joined to the prefix if possible (e.g., in <al-i-ismu> + where <-i-> is a connection vowel producing "kasra", and <ismu> + starts with "alif" "wasla" combined with "lam" into "lam-alif" + carrying both "wasla" and "kasra".) + - if a ligature is separated by <|> or <--> (kashida), any vowel + mark present will migrate to the appropriate character glyph. The + same happens with the implicit vowel mark that is produced by the + long vowels in the vowelizing modes. + - a comma <,> between digits will no more break the digit sequence + but will be recognized as a decimal separator. A hyphen <-> and a + solidus </> will also not break a digit sequence. A "number" must + still begin with a digit to be recognized. + + Problems: + + - the Urdu mode is still broken. + - for the new language modes (see 3.06) there is yet no (correct) + transcription. + + Hints: + + - users of the Sindhi mode should regenerate the fonts otherwise + the "wide kaf" may be missing. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +23.11.97: Version 3.06c + + Fixes: + + - final "alif maqsura" carries no sukun. + - in connection with EDMAC, an Arabic lemma bearing a footnote is + spread out by the same factor as the rest of the line, (e.g. in + verses) even if it contains spaces. + - Arabic footnotes with EDMAC no more produce overfull boxes, and + will no more let the page overflow. + + Known bugs: + + - prefixes separated by a hyphen must presently be given in the + fully vowelized input form, otherwise the writing is wrong. + - The Urdu mode is broken; also its transcription is wrong. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +25.09.97: Version 3.06b + + Fixes: + + - in Kurdish mode, kashida and breaking of ligatures work now + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +18.09.97: Version 3.06a + + Fixes: + + - there were sometimes spurious newlines if the transliteration + was generated via an Arabic insertion + - ligatures can again be broken by inserting a bar | + - the ligatures family lam-gim, ta-gim etc. works again + - there were spurious spaces in bidirectional text under EDMAC + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +06.08.97: Version 3.06 + + Status: + + - This is a new minor version. All existing patches have been + merged into the respective macro files. + - This doc file has been trimmed down; history information up to + version 3.00 has been moved to "changes2.txt". + - Several file names of the mini-documentation have been changed + to lower case and carry the suffix ".txt", for the benefit of + certain web-browsers. See also the file "arabtex.htm". + + Fixes: + + - some minor bugs have been fixed that had introduced spurious + spaces or newlines when switching between Arabic and Hebrew. + - "kashida" (--) between a consonant and a (long or short) vowel + will no more split the vowel indicator from the consonant glyph. + + Additions: + + - the new command "\setsindhi" will switch to a language mode for + Sindhi in an extended Arabic script. For details, process and + read the file "sindhi.tex". + - the new command "\setuighur" will switch to a language mode for + Uighuric in an extended Arabic script. For details, process and + read the file "uighur.tex". + - the new command "\setmalay" will switch to a language mode for + Old Malay (Jawi) in an extended Arabic script. For details, + process and read the file "malay.tex". + - These new language modes are strictly experimental and just a + starting point. As the author speaks none of these languages, + feedback and comments by interested users are badly needed. + +========================================================================== +19.06.97: Version 3.05h + + Fixes: + + - some ligatures with "kaf" have been improved. + - "quoting" of "wasla" works in all vowel modes. + - "kashida" works also before long vowels. + - breaking of ligatures works correctly also with long vowels + and in combination with "quoting". + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +12.06.97: Version 3.05g + + Fixes: + + - a bug fix for the new Sindhi module has been introduced (this + mode is in alpha status and not yet publicly available; if you + are interested in testing it: enquire) + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +10.06.97: Version 3.05f + + Fixes: + + - a spurious error message about a "missing character" has been + eliminated. + - "\settrans{english}" switches again to the transliteration + conventions of the Library of Congress. + - ArabTeX will no more overwrite a user macro "\x". + + Additions: + + - the new command "\arabfootnotes" makes LaTeX footnotes run from + right to left, and their text is considered Arabic by default. + There is as yet no command to switch back to the default mode + (left to right, Roman). With Plain TeX the new command is not + yet available. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +28.05.97: Version 3.05e + + Fixes: + + - <U> in the Urdu mode works again. + - some errors in the transliteration have been corrected. + - some ligatures have been corrected. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +22.05.97: Version 3.05d + + Fixes: + + - \tabular structures within the Arabic document classes are now + correctly aligned. + - a few ligatures have been improved. + - some internal routines have been updated preparing for some + planned extensions. No visible effect. + - a new test for version clashes has been introduced. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +14.05.97: Version 3.05c + + Fixes: The patching routine seems to work again. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +14.05.97: Version 3.05b + + Problems: + + - LaTeX is too clever and interferes with the patching routine. + Therefore the existing patches for Hebrew have been moved to + the file "hepatch.sty". Arabic mode is presently not affected. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +13.05.97: Version 3.05a + + Fixes: + + - in Hebrew mode when using HED encoding, Thet and Maqqef did + not work correctly. + - in EDMAC mode with Plain TeX the list of modules was missing. + - some internal interfaces have been updated. This has no effect + on the external operation but helps stability. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +07.05.97: Version 3.05 + + Status: + + - The internal structure has changed extensively; this need not + trouble the user. + - Warning: NEVER MIX old and new files; they may be incompatible! + + Fixes: + + - A number of minor and some major bugs have been fixed. + + Modifications: + + - With EDMAC, the first argument of \text need not fit on the + current line. All arguments are assumed to be Roman text; they + may contain (or consist of) \<Arabic insertions>. + + Additions: + + - The ISIRI 3342 encoding is supported; load the reading module + by \input isiri.sty or \usepackage {isiri}. Activate it by the + command \setcode {isiri}. + - Hebrew support has been expanded; read the file "hebrew.305". + ArabTeX will try to use fonts locally available, irrespective + of their encoding. + - the file "verses.sty" supports typesetting poetry in two blocks. + For a description, see the file itself. + - See also the comments on Version 3.04 below. + + Hints: + + - If you want to process the manual "arabdoc.tex" under LaTeX 2e + and get error messages, delete the *.aux, *.toc, and *.lot file + and try again. These files depend on the LaTeX version used. + - see also version 3.04. + + Complaints: + + - There is STILL no Nasta`liq font. + - the user manual "arabdoc.tex" is outdated. + + Known bugs: + + - None as yet. + + How to move from earlier minor versions to version 3.05: + + - replace the contents of "TEXINPUT" and "REPORT". + - read and/or print "README.305" + - if interested, process the user manual "arabdoc.tex"; see the + hints above. + +========================================================================== +05.10.96: Version 3.04e + + Fixes: + + - removed many small bugs in Persian (thanks, Ivan Dershzanski!) + - initial <alif> coded <A> in verbatim mode may carry a vowel + - <yah> without dots coded <Y> acts like a consonant except at the + end of a word + - <aNy> denotes <fathatan> on <alif maqsura> erroneously written + with dots + + Modifications: + + - removed quoted hamza ("') from verbatim mode (was ambiguous!) + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +18.05.96: Version 3.04d +10.05.96: Version 3.04c (not distributed) + + Fixes: + + - in "arabart.cls" (twocolumn) the right column is output first + to get correct numbering of sectional units + - corrected the vertical position of "marginpar" + - a space is assumed after a new command defined via \allowarab + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +08.04.96: Version 3.04b + + Fixes: + + - \footnote works again within an Arabic environment + + Known bugs: + + - \footnote is incompatible with "arabart.cls" + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +21.03.96: Version 3.04a + + Fixes: + + - \baselineskip works correctly with EDMAC + - \emphasize puts the overbar at uniform height in \novocalize + + Necessary action: + + If required, download the ASCII file "apatch.sty" again. This + is a patch for version 3.04! + + See also version 3.04 below. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +19.03.96: Version 3.04 + + Status: + + - ArabTeX now cooperates well with LaTeX 2e (June 1995 and later) + and also still with Plain TeX and LaTeX 2.09. The configuration + is determined automatically. With LaTeX 2e ArabTeX and all its + suboptions are packages. + - The internal structure has changed extensively; this need not + trouble the user. + + Fixes: + + - \baselineskup, \parskip, \baselinestretch now work correctly + in the Arabic modes. + - The TeX special characters \#, \$, \%, \& can now be used (they + just had been forgotten). + - A number of minor bugs have been fixed. + + Modifications: + + - Digits and punctuation have been raised to the writing line. + We feel this looks better. + - The handling of numbers (= digit sequences) has been improved. + Within a number, the decimal separator is the comma. + - Bidirectional line-breaking has again been much improved. The + command \goodpar still works but is rarely required. + - The option "abidir" is no more necessary. + - The option "nashbf" is no more necessary. + - The option "abjad" is no more necessary. + + Additions: + + - User defined macros can be made known to ArabTeX by the + declaration \allowarab {\macro_name} (previous to their use + within an Arabic environment). The replacement text after + substituting the parameters must be legal ArabTeX input and + may contain further macro calls. The macro must be previously + defined via \newcommand or \def. + + - The Arabic Windows encoding is supported; load the reading + module by \input arabwin.sty, \usepackage {arabwin} or by + adding the LaTeX 2.09 option "arabwin". Activate it by the + command \setcode {arabwin}. + + - There are some additional transliteration modes for Persian + and Urdu; in case of interest: inquire directly. + + - The package "raw.sty" defines the command \setraw to switch + off all special processing for numbers, special characters + and parentheses. This may be helpful for OCR work. Switch + back by \unsetraw. + + - The (experimental) LaTeX 2e class file "arabart.cls" provides + an Arabic article format. Within Arabic environments a number + of LaTeX commands are enabled: sectioning, list environments, + page headers and footers, table of contents, footnotes, quote, + quotation, verse, center, twocolumn. All text arguments are + considered to be Arabic text in the chosen encoding. Some of + the LaTeX environments are missing, e.g., tabular and tabbing, + minipages, pictures. They can usually be simulated by leaving + the Arabic environment and reverting to the standard LaTeX + commands. + + We are working on extensions to this format; suggestions and + bug reports are welcome. We do not intend to supply a version + for LaTeX 2.09. + + - See also the comments on Version 3.03 below. + - The notes in README.303 still apply. + + Hints: + + - Uniform baselines may be obtained by setting \lineskiplimit + to -\baselineskip and adjusting \baselinestretch to 1.4 (with + LaTeX) or \baselineskip to 1.4\baselineskip with Plain TeX. + Some experimenting is advised. + - If you want to process the manual "arabdoc.tex" under LaTeX 2e + first move the file "arabimax.tex" to the REPORT subdirectory. + You will get some error messages on the first run. Forget them + and process the file again; LaTeX 2e is to blame. Warning: the + report is not quite up to date. + - Put any local macro definitions into the LaTeX preamble or else + precede them by \setnone; thus the < sign can be used in the + normal meaning as a comparison operator. Activate short Arabic + insertions again by \setarab or any other of the commands for + language choice. + - PiCTeX users may use Arabic labels within diagrams if and only + if these are included in \< and > (NOT < and >). + - If you use MlTeX and the output looks broken, note the version + number of MlTeX and inform us. + + Complaints: + + - There is STILL no Nasta`liq font. + + Known bugs: + + - None as yet. + + How to move from earlier minor versions to version 3.04: + + - read and/or print "README.303" + +========================================================================== +04.07.95: Version 3.03e + + Fixes: + + - Final yah before hamza works again + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +24.05.95: Version 3.03d + + Fixes: + + - After switching to other encodings switching back to the + standard encoding works again. + - An empty \RL {} insertion will no more blow the system. + + Problems: + + - see version 3.03c + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +02.05.95: Version 3.03c + + Fixes: + + - The METAFONT routines for the fonts "nash14" and "nash14bf" + used a file "asymbols.mf" that conflicted with the AMS-Fonts. + This file has been renamed to "arabsymb.mf". To use the new + version, download "arabsymb.mf" and "nashbase.mf" from the + subdirectory ARABTEX/MFINPUT and delete "asymbols.mf". This + only concerns users who need to regenerate the fonts locally. + + Problems: + + - The font "dclassic" used by the Hebrew mode of ArabTeX has on + the archive "noa.huji.ac.il" been replaced by a new version + that is incompatible to the previous version while keeping the + same name. We are working on a solution to resolve the ensuing + compatibility problems. Users of the previous version are not + affected. + + Acknowledgment: + + - The routines for building up punctuated Hebrew characters have + profited from macros written by Joel Hoffmann and contained in + his packages "dots.sty" and "hvowel1.sty". We apologize for not + pointing out this fact clearly. + + Necessary action: + + - Normally none, except if indicated above. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +24.04.95: Version 3.03b + + Fixes: + + - The handling of single and double quotes, and of other special + characters, in the ASMO 449 and ISO 8859-6 encodings has been + improved. + - After a punctuation character inside a word (usually an error) + no space will be produced. + - <tanwIn> on <'alif maqsUraT> works again. + - In \setverb mode, a <harakaT> on <'alif> now works. + - In \setverb mode, <A> may be used to produce <'alif>. + - The ligature <lm|a> is produced instead of <l|ma>. + - <ba'>, <ya'> etc. before <lAm> now have the short form. + + Known bugs in ArabTeX: + + - \begin{arabtext} inside a minipage will produce a spurious + empty line; the reason is unknown. + + Hints: + + - Numbers after quotes will not be recognized as such and thus + will be reversed; as a workaround, leave a space around the + digits, e.g., <`` 1234 ''> or use a \nospace command, e.g., + <`` \nospace 1234 \nospace ''>. + Mind the spaces before the \nospace commands in the example! + - With LaTeX2e, load ArabTeX and its suboptions by the command + \usepackage. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +28.03.95: Version 3.03a + + Fixes: + + - A workaround for an error in some versions of ML-TeX has + been tentatively introduced. Non-ML-TeX users may safely + ignore this. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +10.03.95: Version 3.03 + + Fixes: + + - A number of minor bugs have been fixed, nothing dramatic. + - The spacing of punctuation has been improved. + + Modifications: + + - Hebrew vowel points are provided. Hebrew mode now uses the font + "dclassic". It can be downloaded e.g. from "noa.huji.ac.il". + + Additions: + + - The Hebrew encoding used in the machine readable version + of BHS is supported. See README.303! + - \obeylines and \obeyspaces also work for Arabic text. They + however must be used in a group that contains the Arabic + text AND this group must be followed by at least one space. + - An <Arabic insertion> inside a \verbatim environment will be + typeset in Arabic. Big TeX may be necessary. + An Arabic environment will be typeset verbatim. + - \vskip, \hskip, \vspace, \hspace, \newpage, \vfill are legal + in Arabic mode. + - A list of the loaded modules is put into the log file. + + Known bugs: + + - None as yet. + + How to move from earlier minor versions to version 3.03: + + - completely replace the contents of the subdirectory TEXINPUT + - move the updated files "arabdoc?.tex" from the outermost level + to the subdirectory "REPORT" + - read and/or print "README.303" + +========================================================================== +12.08.94: Version 3.02b + + Fixes: + + - \fullvocalize mode uses somewhat less TeX main memory than + before but might still overflow; using \newpage explicitly + could help + - some ligatures have been improved + - spacing has been improved in short insertions when the + transliteration is also generated + - in Hebrew mode, HED encoding, double letters work again + - explicit spreading works again correctly + - <hamza> in rare cases had the wrong carrier + - if an Arabic word starts with a vowel, "quoting" toggles + <wasla> if no vowel is given in the input + - bidirectional line-breaking has been much improved. The + command \goodpar is rarely necessary + + Hints: + + - etrans.sty is no more necessary; load atrans.sty + - \settrans{english} switches to the romanization conventions + of the Library of Congress + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +19.07.94: Version 3.02a + + Fixes: + + - in Arabic, alif maqsura after tanwin works again + - in Hebrew, before an apostrophe the medial form is used + - in Hebrew, hyphen/maqqef works correctly + + Hints: + + - with Plain TeX (and/or EDMAC) only: load the ASCII file + "apatch.sty" explicitly as the last file! + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +14.07.94: Version 3.02 + + Fixes: + + - some minor bugs have been corrected + - the User Manual has been slightly updated, but is otherwise + somewhat out of date. + + Modifications: + + - for storage reasons the transcription module is not loaded + automatically; add the LaTeX option "atrans" if required, + or say "\input atrans.sty". + + Additions: + + - EDMAC 3.00 and EDMAC 3.15 are both supported. + - the LaTeX option "abidir" provides the new command \RL {text} + for right-to-left insertions; it is used like <text> which is + still provided, and which should be used wherever possible for + reasons of efficiency. + - the LaTeX option "hebtex" loads the modules for processing text + in Hebrew. Switch to Hebrew by \sethebrew, and back to Arabic + by \setarab. Hebrew text can be coded in the standard ArabTeX + input notation, or in the encoding used by the editor HED; the + latter coding is activated by \setcode {hed}. The reading module + is supposed to also process texts in "newcode" (not tested!) + - For using the Hebrew mode, the font "deadsea" must be available; + it can be downloaded e.g. from "noa.huji.ac.il". Vowels are + presently not provided. + - For details see the ASCII file "readme.302". + + Hints: + + - only load the modules really required, or you might have to use + a Big TeX! + + Known bugs: + + - None. + + How to move from earlier minor versions to version 3.02: + + - completely replace the contents of the subdirectory TEXINPUT + - move the updated files "arabdoc?.tex" from the outermost level + to the subdirectory "REPORT" + - read and/or print "README.302" + +========================================================================== +05.05.94: Version 3.01a + + Fixes: + + - \parskip now has effect also inside Arabic environments. + + Additions: + + - The EDMAC commands \pstart, \pend, \autopar are allowed + inside an Arabic environment, IF properly nested. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +28.04.94: Version 3.01 + + There has been extensive internal rewriting but the external + effects are minor. + + - \setarab is the language default again. It will no more break + the user's macro definitions IF these are put into the LaTeX + preamble, or before "\input arabtex.sty" when using Plain TeX. + + Fixes: + + - Spaces are normally ignored after allowed control sequences + inside Arabic text, (if not produced by the command itself.) + - The spacing between a final silent <hah> in Persian and the + next word has been improved. + + - An error in "twoblocks.sty" has been corrected that produced + a spurious vertical space. + - An error in "asmo449.sty" has been corrected that produced + nonsense from the combination "Gdr" (article with an explicit + <sukUn>) + - In "abjad.sty", the <gIm> for the numeral 3 has no dot. + + Additions: + + - The commands \smallskip, \medskip, \bigskip, \newpage, + \clearpage, \pagebreak, \hskip {glue}, \vskip {glue}, \today + now work inside Arabic text. + - there is a new language mode: \setturk for Ottoman. + The input notation has been extended to cover both the standard + and the modern Turkish transliteration. + The documentation remains to be written :-( + - there is a new language mode: \setkurdish for Kurdish. + The documentation remains to be written :-( + - "" produces an explicit <sukUn> except in \fullvocalize mode + where it deletes a <sukUn> otherwise present. + - The new commands \setarabfont {\nash} or \setarabfont {\nashbf} + supersede \setnash and \setnashbf (which are still supported). + + Known bugs: + + - None. + + Hints: + + - The LaTeX style option "atrans" is redundant. + - After changing the input coding, select the language mode and + the vowelization mode anew (this is a feature :-). + + How to move from earlier minor versions to version 3.01: + + - completely replace the contents of the directory TEXINPUT + - observe that there is a new file "acmd.sty" + +========================================================================== +07.12.93: Version 3.00b + + Fixes: + + - corrected handling of <tanween fatha> in \setverb mode. + - improved error handling for illegal commands. + - ligature <geem>-<meem> also in spreading mode. + + Additions: + + - \setspace{rubber_length} changes the default for spaces in + Arabic text; 3pt plus .5fil is recommended for \spreadbox. + + Known bugs: + + - arguments of boxing commands may not contain insertions. + - in ASMO449, the combination Gdr (article with an explicit + sukoon) will produce nonsense. + + Hints: + + - There is no language default. Do not forget \setarab etc. + or otherwise you might get strange results. + - After changing the input coding, select the language and + the vowelization mode anew (this is a feature). + + These are in the manual but easily overlooked. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +26.11.93: Version 3.00a + + Fixes: + + - the <hamza> carrier is now <ya'> the before diphthong <ay> + + Additions: + + - more Qur'anic writing variants provided + - \hfil is allowed in Arabic text + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +20.11.93: Major Version 3.00 + + Status: + + - large portions of the code have been rearranged and partly + rewritten + - The User Manual has been extensively updated and describes + all (supported) ArabTeX features currently implemented + - Version 3.00 seems to be compatible with Version 2 files + - NFSS and NFSS2 can be used but are not required + - all known bugs have been removed + - Version 3.00 still can be run (slowly) on a standard PC XT + + Additions: + + - texts coded in ASMO 449 or ISO 8859-6 can now be processed + - several historic writing variants are additionally supported + - details of Farsi support are now described in the User Manual + - many new commands are valid inside Arabic text; a complete + list appears in the log file of each ArabTeX run, and also + in the new User Manual + - see also versions 2.00 - 2.08 below + +========================================================================== + + How to move from version 2.0x, 0 <= x <= 8, to version 3.00: + + - completely replace the contents of the directory TEXINPUT + - completely replace the contents of the directory REPORT + - process AND READ the new User Manual "arabdoc.tex" + - leave the fonts alone + + How to move from version 1 (or none at all) to version 3.00: + + - Do as above; install the fonts "nash14" and "nash14bf" first + according to local TeX conventions. + - If the font "nash10" is still there, delete it. + +========================================================================== + For information on older versions see the file "changes2.txt". +========================================================================== + Prof. Klaus Lagally + Institut fuer Formale Methoden der Informatik + Universitaet Stuttgart + Universitaetsstrasse 38 + D-70569 Stuttgart + GERMANY + + lagally@informatik.uni-stuttgart.de + FAX: +49 - 711 - 7816 370 +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Copyright (c) 1990 - 2003, Klaus Lagally +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + diff --git a/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/changes2.txt b/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/changes2.txt index 8437dc3091..b6da17683e 100644 --- a/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/changes2.txt +++ b/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/changes2.txt @@ -1,378 +1,378 @@ -CHANGES 25.10.1993
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ArabTeX Version 2
- =================
- (for information on newer versions see the file "changes.txt")
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-25.10.93: Version 2.08 (not widely distributed)
-
- Status:
-
- - all corrections in version 2.07 have been incorporated; there
- has been extensive rearrangement of code
- - all known bugs have been removed
- - some details in the manual have been rearranged; otherwise
- the manual is slightly out of date
-
- Additions:
-
- - \footnote in Arabic text now also works inside a minipage
- - more commands are valid inside Arabic text; a complete list
- appears in the log file
- - see also versions 2.07a - d below
-
- How to move from version 2.0x, 0 <= x <= 7d:
-
- - install all files in the directory TEXINPUT anew
- - replace "arabdoc.tex", "arabdoc0.tex", "arabdoc.ind" in the
- directory REPORT
- - leave the fonts alone
-
- How to move from version 1 (or none at all) to version 2.08:
-
- - Do as above; install the fonts "nash14" and "nash14bf" first
- according to local TeX conventions.
- - If the font "nash10" is still there, delete it.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-01.07.93: Version 2.07d
-
- Fixes:
-
- - "quoting" for <sukun> and <wasla> works now correctly.
- - <H> for silent <hah> in Persian works as described.
-
- Additions:
-
- - <j> instead of <^g> for <gim>, and <x> instead of <_h> for <hhah>
- are now legal, but not recommended.
-
- If required, download the ASCII file "apatch.sty" again.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-04.05.93: Version 2.07c
-
- Fixes:
-
- - a modification that will usually prevent a known bug in Ml-TeX
- from doing too much harm. May be ignored by non-Ml-TeX-users;
- otherwise download the new version of "apatch.sty".
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-26.03.93: Version 2.07b
-
- New features:
-
- - The commands \smallskip, \medskip, \bigskip, \input filename
- work also inside an arabic environment
- - <aa> works like <A>: <kaatib> is like <kAtib>.
- There always was <iy> for <I>, <uw> for <U>.
- - Download the "apatch.sty" ASCII file again if you have already
- installed the version 2.07.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-25.03.93: Version 2.07a
-
- Fixes:
-
- - There was a subtle interaction with the \tabular environment
- which prevented printing of the user manual.
- - Download the "apatch.sty" ASCII file again if you have already
- installed the version 2.07.
- - The compressed versions have been corrected.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-22.03.93: Version 2.07
-
- Policy:
-
- - ArabTeX is still free for scientific purposes, but we should
- appreciate receiving an offprint of any publication produced
- by using ArabTeX, for our collection. This does not apply to
- any personal correspondence.
-
- Status:
-
- - There have been extensive changes to all "*.sty" files.
- - Many minor errors have been fixed.
- - There is a new file "aedpatch.sty".
- - The tentative features of version 2.06 have been incorporated.
- - The command processing has been completely reworked and is
- believed to be more robust.
- - The font has not changed.
- - The user manual has not yet been updated; visible changes are
- minor.
-
- New features:
-
- - ArabTeX is now compatible with the EDMAC package for critical
- editions (see TUGboat 11/1, 623-643 (1990)). Just load ArabTeX
- *after* loading EDMAC. The necessary extensions will be loaded
- automatically via "aedpatch.sty".
- - All arguments of EDMAC commands are considered "Roman" text but
- may contain arabic insertions.
-
- Changes and extensions:
-
- - Arabic insertions may now also contain commands.
- - Most Plain TeX or LaTeX commands that make sense in an arabic
- environment are now allowed, as well as in arabic insertions.
- - Font, mode and size changing commands obey the normal grouping
- rules.
- - The commands \footnote and \marginpar work now both in Plain TeX
- and LaTeX mode; observe the different calling conventions!
- - The \marginpar command inside arabic text works also with Plain
- TeX, analogous to the LaTeX \marginpar command; marginal notes
- always go to the right margin. If this feature is used, the user
- may have to adjust the parameters \marginparwidth, \marginparsep,
- and \hsize accordingly.
- - The new options \accentshigh and \accentslow influence the
- positioning of the diacritical marks. \accentslow is the default.
- - The new options \oldtanwin and \newtanwin influence the position
- of <tanwin fa.tha>: on the last consonant or on the final <alif>
- if applicable. Defaults are language dependent.
- - A group of arabic words can be emphasized by overlining; this is
- effected by \emphasize {arabic words}.
- - A group of arabic words, if enclosed in curly braces, is not
- split across a line boundary.
- - A final silent <hah> in Persian can be denoted <h>, <H>, or <T>.
-
- Known problems:
-
- - None at present.
-
- How to move from versions 2.05 - 2.06 to version 2.07:
-
- - Replace all "*.sty" files
- - The fonts "nash14" and "nash14bf" are unchanged.
-
- How to move from versions 2.00 - 2.04 to version 2.07:
-
- - As above; add the manual files "arabdoc*.*" in the directory
- "report" and process them to get the User Manual.
-
- How to move from version 1 (or none at all) to version 2.07:
-
- - Do as above; install the fonts "nash14" and "nash14bf" first
- according to local TeX conventions.
- - If the font "nash10" is still there, delete it.
-
------------------------------------------------------------------------
-02.12.92: Version 2.06
-
- Status:
-
- - This is an experimental version processing some Persian
- features differently; otherwise identical to version 2.05.
- - This version is NOT part of the packages "arabtex.zip" and
- "arabtex.tar.Z"; instead there are additional ASCII files
- "apatch25.sty", "apatch26.sty", and "arab2-06.doc". Thus
- installing it does not destroy a working version 2.05.
- - This version has not been extensively tested.
- - Moving back and forth between versions 2.05 and 2.06 is easy.
-
- - For details: see the file "arab2-06.doc".
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-05.11.92: Version 2.05
-
- Status:
-
- - There is a new User Manual "arabdoc.tex" in the subdirectory
- "report". It contains many examples for the use of ArabTeX;
- some of them also show several small extensions for special
- cases which are not otherwise documented, but supported.
- - The new User Manual is in ArabTeX format for local printing,
- so it serves at the same time as an extensive installation test.
- A hard-copy version is available on request; write to the author
- and enclose DM 10 (outside of Europe US$ 10) to cover printing
- and mailing expenses. For additional DM 5 (US$ 5) you can also
- get the software on diskette (please indicate computer system,
- TeX implementation version, and desired diskette format).
- - The "*.sty" files have been updated so that the system works
- (apparently) exactly as described in the User Manual; some small
- bugs that have shown up in the meantime have been fixed.
-
- Changes and extensions:
-
- - The vowel marks, if shown, are now positioned at about the same
- height from the baseline.
- - Arabic words can be emphasized by overlining.
- - A group of arabic words, if enclosed in curly braces, is not
- split across a line boundary.
- - A final mute "hah" in Persian can be denoted <h>, <H>, or <T>.
-
- How to move from versions 2.00 - 2.04 to version 2.05:
-
- - Replace all "*.sty" files
- - Add the manual files "arabdoc*.*" in the directory "report" and
- process them to get the new User Manual.
- - The fonts "nash14" and "nash14bf" are unchanged.
-
- How to move from version 1 (or none at all) to version 2.05:
-
- - Do as above; install the fonts "nash14" and "nash14bf" first
- according to local TeX conventions.
- - If the font "nash10" is still there, delete it.
-
- Known problems:
-
- - The non-arabic language modes have not been extensively tested.
- - The text file "arabtex.doc" can be used as a first introduction,
- but does not describe all features. For full details, see the
- User Manual.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-05.08.92: Version 2.04
-
- Status and fixes:
-
- - see also Version 2.03 below
- - "awrite.sty" has been extensively restructured to ease
- further maintenance
- - the storage utilization is somewhat better, the running time
- is about the same as with version 2.02
-
- Changes: only format and contents of THIS file
-
- How to move from version 2.02:
-
- - replace aparse.sty, awrite.sty, aligs.sty
- or: reinstall all *.sty files if that is easier
- - the font has NOT changed, leave it alone
-
- How to move from version 2.00:
-
- - replace all *.sty files, including "apatch.sty" (new)
- - the font has NOT changed, leave it alone
- - there is a new demo for Farsi: "omar.tex"
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-01.08.92: Version 2.03 (not distributed)
-
- Status and fixes:
-
- - a rare but grave bug has been fixed; it made ArabTeX explode
- on <sa'AmaTuN> and a few related words.
- - to fix the bug, the internal interface of "aparse.sty",
- "awrite.sty", and "aligs.sty" had to be altered drastically.
-
- Changes: none
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-03.05.92: Version 2.02
-
- Status and fixes:
-
- - there have been extensive changes to nearly all "*.sty" files
- - the Nasta'liq font is still missing; sorry, but at the moment
- there is no free time to design it. For the meantime, Naskh will
- be substituted automatically, and should be readable.
- - the problem with ^ and _ has been fixed; they now work correctly
- in all modes
- - the <~n> problem has been fixed
- - the prefix <li-> before <alif> with <hamza> below now works, as
- e.g. in <li-'ism>
- - short Arabic quotations may be used in moving arguments in
- LaTeX, e.g. section names, frameboxes, captions, margin notes
- and the like
- - Farsi and related languages: <izafet> and <yah-i-wahdat> now
- seem to work correctly.
-
- Changes:
-
- - in Farsi and related languages, the final <hah> after <a> and
- <e> is NO MORE generated automatically; you have to write it
- explicitly if you want it. THIS IS NO BUG: the old strategy was
- found to be inconsistent.
- - the additional option \showtrue will echo the ASCII input
- verbatim; \showfalse will switch this mode off again. This
- feature is intended for test purposes; it might not work in all
- contexts, and could disappear again.
- - there is a new file "apatch.sty" which is loaded automatically
- and will contain last minute corrections (none at the moment)
-
- Open problems:
-
- - see "bugs" and "fixes" below
-
- Hints:
-
- - with LaTeX, the option "arabtex" should ONLY be followed by its
- local sub-options like "nashbf" or "atrans"; put other options
- BEFORE it and DON'T define any own commands that use "<"; use
- ">" instead.
- - with Plain TeX, define your own macros BEFORE "\input arabtex".
-
- How to move from version 2.00 or 2.01:
-
- - replace all *.sty files, including "apatch.sty" (new)
- - the font has NOT changed, leave it alone
- - there is a new demo for Farsi: "omar.tex"
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-15.04.92: Version 2.01 (was available on direct request)
-
- Status and fixes:
-
- - Temporary patch for the ^ and _ problem (thanks, Bernd Raichle!)
- but still does not work in moving arguments
-
- More known bugs:
-
- - \footnote does not work (we never promised it would, but will
- think about it)
- - \footnotemark may put the mark into unexpected places if used
- within an Arabic Environment; however:
- \footnotetext works outside Arabic Environments even with Arabic
- text in angle brackets
- - the prefix <li-> as in <li-'ism> will produce garbage
- - <~n> will blow up
-
- How to get the version: DON'T, this version is obsolete
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-10.04.92: Version 2.0
-
- Version 2.00 is here at last. See "README".
-
- Changes from version 1:
-
- - now compatible with Plain TeX
- - new (hopefully) better looking font
- - many ligatures generated automatically
- - support for Farsi, Urdu, Pashto, Ottoman, Maghribi
- - some more documentation
- - the input coding has changed slightly
-
- Implementation status:
-
- - all macro files have version number 2.00
- - only fonts nash14 and nash14bf, no nasta`liq font yet available
- - ArabTeX was developed on a PC AT with emTeX and is known also to
- run on a PC XT and a U*IX work station; therefore it is
- supposed to be easily portable
- - language options other than Arabic have not been extensively
- tested
-
- Known bugs:
-
- - control sequences inside of curly braces do not work
- - arabic insertions may still be started with <
- - < is an active character and may conflict with the user's macros
- - ^ and _ do not work correctly in math environments
- - some troubles with <izafet> in Farsi
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Prof. Klaus Lagally
- Institut fuer Informatik
- Universitaet Stuttgart
- Breitwiesenstrasse 20-22
- D-70565 Stuttgart
- GERMANY
-
- lagally@informatik.uni-stuttgart.de
- FAX: +49 - 711 - 7816 370
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Copyright (c) 1990 - 1997, Klaus Lagally
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+CHANGES 25.10.1993 +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + ArabTeX Version 2 + ================= + (for information on newer versions see the file "changes.txt") +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +25.10.93: Version 2.08 (not widely distributed) + + Status: + + - all corrections in version 2.07 have been incorporated; there + has been extensive rearrangement of code + - all known bugs have been removed + - some details in the manual have been rearranged; otherwise + the manual is slightly out of date + + Additions: + + - \footnote in Arabic text now also works inside a minipage + - more commands are valid inside Arabic text; a complete list + appears in the log file + - see also versions 2.07a - d below + + How to move from version 2.0x, 0 <= x <= 7d: + + - install all files in the directory TEXINPUT anew + - replace "arabdoc.tex", "arabdoc0.tex", "arabdoc.ind" in the + directory REPORT + - leave the fonts alone + + How to move from version 1 (or none at all) to version 2.08: + + - Do as above; install the fonts "nash14" and "nash14bf" first + according to local TeX conventions. + - If the font "nash10" is still there, delete it. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +01.07.93: Version 2.07d + + Fixes: + + - "quoting" for <sukun> and <wasla> works now correctly. + - <H> for silent <hah> in Persian works as described. + + Additions: + + - <j> instead of <^g> for <gim>, and <x> instead of <_h> for <hhah> + are now legal, but not recommended. + + If required, download the ASCII file "apatch.sty" again. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +04.05.93: Version 2.07c + + Fixes: + + - a modification that will usually prevent a known bug in Ml-TeX + from doing too much harm. May be ignored by non-Ml-TeX-users; + otherwise download the new version of "apatch.sty". + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +26.03.93: Version 2.07b + + New features: + + - The commands \smallskip, \medskip, \bigskip, \input filename + work also inside an arabic environment + - <aa> works like <A>: <kaatib> is like <kAtib>. + There always was <iy> for <I>, <uw> for <U>. + - Download the "apatch.sty" ASCII file again if you have already + installed the version 2.07. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +25.03.93: Version 2.07a + + Fixes: + + - There was a subtle interaction with the \tabular environment + which prevented printing of the user manual. + - Download the "apatch.sty" ASCII file again if you have already + installed the version 2.07. + - The compressed versions have been corrected. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +22.03.93: Version 2.07 + + Policy: + + - ArabTeX is still free for scientific purposes, but we should + appreciate receiving an offprint of any publication produced + by using ArabTeX, for our collection. This does not apply to + any personal correspondence. + + Status: + + - There have been extensive changes to all "*.sty" files. + - Many minor errors have been fixed. + - There is a new file "aedpatch.sty". + - The tentative features of version 2.06 have been incorporated. + - The command processing has been completely reworked and is + believed to be more robust. + - The font has not changed. + - The user manual has not yet been updated; visible changes are + minor. + + New features: + + - ArabTeX is now compatible with the EDMAC package for critical + editions (see TUGboat 11/1, 623-643 (1990)). Just load ArabTeX + *after* loading EDMAC. The necessary extensions will be loaded + automatically via "aedpatch.sty". + - All arguments of EDMAC commands are considered "Roman" text but + may contain arabic insertions. + + Changes and extensions: + + - Arabic insertions may now also contain commands. + - Most Plain TeX or LaTeX commands that make sense in an arabic + environment are now allowed, as well as in arabic insertions. + - Font, mode and size changing commands obey the normal grouping + rules. + - The commands \footnote and \marginpar work now both in Plain TeX + and LaTeX mode; observe the different calling conventions! + - The \marginpar command inside arabic text works also with Plain + TeX, analogous to the LaTeX \marginpar command; marginal notes + always go to the right margin. If this feature is used, the user + may have to adjust the parameters \marginparwidth, \marginparsep, + and \hsize accordingly. + - The new options \accentshigh and \accentslow influence the + positioning of the diacritical marks. \accentslow is the default. + - The new options \oldtanwin and \newtanwin influence the position + of <tanwin fa.tha>: on the last consonant or on the final <alif> + if applicable. Defaults are language dependent. + - A group of arabic words can be emphasized by overlining; this is + effected by \emphasize {arabic words}. + - A group of arabic words, if enclosed in curly braces, is not + split across a line boundary. + - A final silent <hah> in Persian can be denoted <h>, <H>, or <T>. + + Known problems: + + - None at present. + + How to move from versions 2.05 - 2.06 to version 2.07: + + - Replace all "*.sty" files + - The fonts "nash14" and "nash14bf" are unchanged. + + How to move from versions 2.00 - 2.04 to version 2.07: + + - As above; add the manual files "arabdoc*.*" in the directory + "report" and process them to get the User Manual. + + How to move from version 1 (or none at all) to version 2.07: + + - Do as above; install the fonts "nash14" and "nash14bf" first + according to local TeX conventions. + - If the font "nash10" is still there, delete it. + +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +02.12.92: Version 2.06 + + Status: + + - This is an experimental version processing some Persian + features differently; otherwise identical to version 2.05. + - This version is NOT part of the packages "arabtex.zip" and + "arabtex.tar.Z"; instead there are additional ASCII files + "apatch25.sty", "apatch26.sty", and "arab2-06.doc". Thus + installing it does not destroy a working version 2.05. + - This version has not been extensively tested. + - Moving back and forth between versions 2.05 and 2.06 is easy. + + - For details: see the file "arab2-06.doc". + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +05.11.92: Version 2.05 + + Status: + + - There is a new User Manual "arabdoc.tex" in the subdirectory + "report". It contains many examples for the use of ArabTeX; + some of them also show several small extensions for special + cases which are not otherwise documented, but supported. + - The new User Manual is in ArabTeX format for local printing, + so it serves at the same time as an extensive installation test. + A hard-copy version is available on request; write to the author + and enclose DM 10 (outside of Europe US$ 10) to cover printing + and mailing expenses. For additional DM 5 (US$ 5) you can also + get the software on diskette (please indicate computer system, + TeX implementation version, and desired diskette format). + - The "*.sty" files have been updated so that the system works + (apparently) exactly as described in the User Manual; some small + bugs that have shown up in the meantime have been fixed. + + Changes and extensions: + + - The vowel marks, if shown, are now positioned at about the same + height from the baseline. + - Arabic words can be emphasized by overlining. + - A group of arabic words, if enclosed in curly braces, is not + split across a line boundary. + - A final mute "hah" in Persian can be denoted <h>, <H>, or <T>. + + How to move from versions 2.00 - 2.04 to version 2.05: + + - Replace all "*.sty" files + - Add the manual files "arabdoc*.*" in the directory "report" and + process them to get the new User Manual. + - The fonts "nash14" and "nash14bf" are unchanged. + + How to move from version 1 (or none at all) to version 2.05: + + - Do as above; install the fonts "nash14" and "nash14bf" first + according to local TeX conventions. + - If the font "nash10" is still there, delete it. + + Known problems: + + - The non-arabic language modes have not been extensively tested. + - The text file "arabtex.doc" can be used as a first introduction, + but does not describe all features. For full details, see the + User Manual. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +05.08.92: Version 2.04 + + Status and fixes: + + - see also Version 2.03 below + - "awrite.sty" has been extensively restructured to ease + further maintenance + - the storage utilization is somewhat better, the running time + is about the same as with version 2.02 + + Changes: only format and contents of THIS file + + How to move from version 2.02: + + - replace aparse.sty, awrite.sty, aligs.sty + or: reinstall all *.sty files if that is easier + - the font has NOT changed, leave it alone + + How to move from version 2.00: + + - replace all *.sty files, including "apatch.sty" (new) + - the font has NOT changed, leave it alone + - there is a new demo for Farsi: "omar.tex" + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +01.08.92: Version 2.03 (not distributed) + + Status and fixes: + + - a rare but grave bug has been fixed; it made ArabTeX explode + on <sa'AmaTuN> and a few related words. + - to fix the bug, the internal interface of "aparse.sty", + "awrite.sty", and "aligs.sty" had to be altered drastically. + + Changes: none + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +03.05.92: Version 2.02 + + Status and fixes: + + - there have been extensive changes to nearly all "*.sty" files + - the Nasta'liq font is still missing; sorry, but at the moment + there is no free time to design it. For the meantime, Naskh will + be substituted automatically, and should be readable. + - the problem with ^ and _ has been fixed; they now work correctly + in all modes + - the <~n> problem has been fixed + - the prefix <li-> before <alif> with <hamza> below now works, as + e.g. in <li-'ism> + - short Arabic quotations may be used in moving arguments in + LaTeX, e.g. section names, frameboxes, captions, margin notes + and the like + - Farsi and related languages: <izafet> and <yah-i-wahdat> now + seem to work correctly. + + Changes: + + - in Farsi and related languages, the final <hah> after <a> and + <e> is NO MORE generated automatically; you have to write it + explicitly if you want it. THIS IS NO BUG: the old strategy was + found to be inconsistent. + - the additional option \showtrue will echo the ASCII input + verbatim; \showfalse will switch this mode off again. This + feature is intended for test purposes; it might not work in all + contexts, and could disappear again. + - there is a new file "apatch.sty" which is loaded automatically + and will contain last minute corrections (none at the moment) + + Open problems: + + - see "bugs" and "fixes" below + + Hints: + + - with LaTeX, the option "arabtex" should ONLY be followed by its + local sub-options like "nashbf" or "atrans"; put other options + BEFORE it and DON'T define any own commands that use "<"; use + ">" instead. + - with Plain TeX, define your own macros BEFORE "\input arabtex". + + How to move from version 2.00 or 2.01: + + - replace all *.sty files, including "apatch.sty" (new) + - the font has NOT changed, leave it alone + - there is a new demo for Farsi: "omar.tex" + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +15.04.92: Version 2.01 (was available on direct request) + + Status and fixes: + + - Temporary patch for the ^ and _ problem (thanks, Bernd Raichle!) + but still does not work in moving arguments + + More known bugs: + + - \footnote does not work (we never promised it would, but will + think about it) + - \footnotemark may put the mark into unexpected places if used + within an Arabic Environment; however: + \footnotetext works outside Arabic Environments even with Arabic + text in angle brackets + - the prefix <li-> as in <li-'ism> will produce garbage + - <~n> will blow up + + How to get the version: DON'T, this version is obsolete + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +10.04.92: Version 2.0 + + Version 2.00 is here at last. See "README". + + Changes from version 1: + + - now compatible with Plain TeX + - new (hopefully) better looking font + - many ligatures generated automatically + - support for Farsi, Urdu, Pashto, Ottoman, Maghribi + - some more documentation + - the input coding has changed slightly + + Implementation status: + + - all macro files have version number 2.00 + - only fonts nash14 and nash14bf, no nasta`liq font yet available + - ArabTeX was developed on a PC AT with emTeX and is known also to + run on a PC XT and a U*IX work station; therefore it is + supposed to be easily portable + - language options other than Arabic have not been extensively + tested + + Known bugs: + + - control sequences inside of curly braces do not work + - arabic insertions may still be started with < + - < is an active character and may conflict with the user's macros + - ^ and _ do not work correctly in math environments + - some troubles with <izafet> in Farsi + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Prof. Klaus Lagally + Institut fuer Informatik + Universitaet Stuttgart + Breitwiesenstrasse 20-22 + D-70565 Stuttgart + GERMANY + + lagally@informatik.uni-stuttgart.de + FAX: +49 - 711 - 7816 370 +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Copyright (c) 1990 - 1997, Klaus Lagally +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/hebrew.305 b/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/hebrew.305 index 7e77654aeb..3a15f6ffd7 100644 --- a/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/hebrew.305 +++ b/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/hebrew.305 @@ -1,171 +1,171 @@ -HEBREW.305 17.04.1997
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Processing Hebrew with ArabTeX Version 3.05
- ===========================================
- These features are not yet described in the User Manual!
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- To process Hebrew input with ArabTeX, you have to load the Hebrew
- extension "hebtex.sty" that will load several additional modules.
- After ArabTeX has been loaded, proceed as follows:
-
- - with LaTeX2e say: \usepackage {hebtex}
-
- - with LaTeX 2.09: add the style option "hebtex".
-
- - for use with Plain TeX, say "\input hebtex"; ArabTeX AND the
- Hebrew extension will be loaded.
-
- The extension provides a language mode \sethebrew, and several
- common encodings of texts in Hebrew, that may be switched by
- the \setcode command. One of the encodings is compatible with
- Dov Grobgeld's editor HED, so files prepared for HebrewTeX are
- supposed to be compatible, including most HebrewTeX commands
- (the Hebrew date quite probably does NOT work correctly).
- Hebrew "newcode" encoding probably works too, but has not yet
- been tested. In addition, the standard ArabTeX encoding has been
- extended to cater for Hebrew too.
-
- Language switching:
-
- - \sethebrew switches to Hebrew mode, \setarab back to Arabic.
- Remember to switch the encoding and the vowelization mode too!
-
- Standard encoding:
-
- - \setcode {standard} or \setcode {arabtex}
- switches to the standard encoding, defined as follows:
-
- ' aleph b beth g gimel d daleth
- h heh w waw z zayin _h chet
- _t teth y yod k kaph l lamed
- m mem n nun s samekh ` ayin
- p peh .s sade q qof r resh
- ,s sin ^s shin S s(h)in t taw
-
- Note: without punctuation, sin, shin and s(h)in look identical;
- otherwise "sin" has a dot to the left, "shin" has a dot to the
- right, "s(h)in" is the form without a dot.
-
- There are some alternative encodings for soft consonants:
-
- v for b f for p
-
- - \vocalize (default) switches on vowels and special punctuation;
- \novocalize switches them off again.
-
- "dagesh lene" with "bgdkpt" and "mappiq" with "h" is expressed
- by prefixing a dot:
- ".b", ".g", ".d", ".k", ".p", ".t"; ".h"
-
- Vowels are encoded as follows:
-
- short long defective half
- vowels vowels notation vowels
-
- a pathach A qames .a chateph patach
- e segol E sere yod _e sere .e chateph segol
- i chireq I chireq yod .i shewa
- o qames chatuph O cholem waw _o cholem .o chateph qames
- u qibbus U shureq .u no vowel mark
-
- The "matres lectionis" can also be written explicitly, e.g.,
- "_ey" for "E", "iy" for "I", "_ow" for "O"
-
- - "patach furtivum" is written ".a" BEFORE its carrier: "rU.a_h".
-
- - "dagesh forte" is expressed by doubling the consonant; thus two
- equal consonants in sequence (even in \novocalize mode) must
- be separated by some short vowel indicator (or ".u"), if the
- standard encoding is used.
-
- - "dagesh orthophonicum" is coded like "dagesh forte".
-
- - "meteg" is indicated by | after the vowel.
-
- - "maqqef" is -- (en-dash; a single hyphen will be ignored)
-
- - Prefixes may be separated by a single hyphen, which appears in
- the transcription without changing the Hebrew writing.
-
- - For those rare cases where a consonant is missing, input "|
- (quote bar); this may also carry vowels.
-
- - "raphe" and cantillation marks are not supported.
-
- Abbreviations may not be used in this mode as we know of no
- obvious way of indicating them (sorry; any ideas ?).
-
- Other encodings:
-
- - \setcode {hed}, \setcode {newcode} or \setcode {iso8859-8}
- activates the verbatim reading module for the Hebrew characters
- in code positions 128 .. 154 as generated by HED, and also
- in code positions 224 .. 250 ("newcode", ISO 8859-8).
-
- If this encoding is used, vowel points, dagesh and meteg cannot
- be used as they cannot be represented in the input encoding.
- Abbreviations may be expressed by a single or double apostrophe
- (right quote). The final and the medial forms of characters are
- equivalent; ArabTeX chooses the appropriate shape automatically.
-
- - setcode {bhs} switches to the encoding used in the machine-
- readable version of BHS. Add "bhs" as a LaTeX style option,
- or say \input bhs.sty. The line-breaks of the source are
- (usually) respected. BHS line numbers and comments are only
- partially supported.
-
- Transcription systems:
-
- - \transtrue activates the standard ZDMG transcription, and
- there are provisions for additional transcription systems:
-
- - \settrans {zaw) switches to the conventions of "Zeitschrift
- fuer die Alttestamentliche Wissenschaft" (recommended);
-
- - \settrans {gesenius} activates the system used in W. Gesenius'
- Hebrew Grammar, 26th edition (deprecated).
-
- - \settrans {standard} restores the standard ZDMG transcription.
-
- Fonts:
-
- - Presently ArabTeX provides no own Hebrew font but uses the font
- "hclassic" which can be downloaded e.g., from
-
- ftp://noa.huji.ac.il/tex/fonts
- ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/language/hebrew/fonts
- ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/language/hebrew/fonts
-
- This font has been designed by Joel Hoffman, who also wrote some
- macro packages from which we took a few ideas for positioning
- punctuation.
-
- - If no vowel points are required, the standard fonts "DeadSea",
- "OldJaffa", TelAviv", and "Jerusalem" can also be used. They
- are activated by the commands \ds, \oj, \ta, \jm; \hc switches
- to the default "hclassic" font.
-
- - The "Shalom" family of fonts is activated by \shlmold, \shlmscr,
- and \shlmstk. Their vowel points presently do NOT work.
-
- - In case a font is not found but locally available, check and,
- if required, correct the exact spelling of the font name within
- the file "Uheb.fd". There are various variants on the Net.
-
- - Comments and bug reports are welcome.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Prof. Klaus Lagally
- Institut fuer Informatik
- Universitaet Stuttgart
- Breitwiesenstrasse 20-22
- D-70565 Stuttgart
- GERMANY
-
- lagally@informatik.uni-stuttgart.de
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Copyright (c) 1997, Klaus Lagally
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
+HEBREW.305 17.04.1997 +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Processing Hebrew with ArabTeX Version 3.05 + =========================================== + These features are not yet described in the User Manual! +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + To process Hebrew input with ArabTeX, you have to load the Hebrew + extension "hebtex.sty" that will load several additional modules. + After ArabTeX has been loaded, proceed as follows: + + - with LaTeX2e say: \usepackage {hebtex} + + - with LaTeX 2.09: add the style option "hebtex". + + - for use with Plain TeX, say "\input hebtex"; ArabTeX AND the + Hebrew extension will be loaded. + + The extension provides a language mode \sethebrew, and several + common encodings of texts in Hebrew, that may be switched by + the \setcode command. One of the encodings is compatible with + Dov Grobgeld's editor HED, so files prepared for HebrewTeX are + supposed to be compatible, including most HebrewTeX commands + (the Hebrew date quite probably does NOT work correctly). + Hebrew "newcode" encoding probably works too, but has not yet + been tested. In addition, the standard ArabTeX encoding has been + extended to cater for Hebrew too. + + Language switching: + + - \sethebrew switches to Hebrew mode, \setarab back to Arabic. + Remember to switch the encoding and the vowelization mode too! + + Standard encoding: + + - \setcode {standard} or \setcode {arabtex} + switches to the standard encoding, defined as follows: + + ' aleph b beth g gimel d daleth + h heh w waw z zayin _h chet + _t teth y yod k kaph l lamed + m mem n nun s samekh ` ayin + p peh .s sade q qof r resh + ,s sin ^s shin S s(h)in t taw + + Note: without punctuation, sin, shin and s(h)in look identical; + otherwise "sin" has a dot to the left, "shin" has a dot to the + right, "s(h)in" is the form without a dot. + + There are some alternative encodings for soft consonants: + + v for b f for p + + - \vocalize (default) switches on vowels and special punctuation; + \novocalize switches them off again. + + "dagesh lene" with "bgdkpt" and "mappiq" with "h" is expressed + by prefixing a dot: + ".b", ".g", ".d", ".k", ".p", ".t"; ".h" + + Vowels are encoded as follows: + + short long defective half + vowels vowels notation vowels + + a pathach A qames .a chateph patach + e segol E sere yod _e sere .e chateph segol + i chireq I chireq yod .i shewa + o qames chatuph O cholem waw _o cholem .o chateph qames + u qibbus U shureq .u no vowel mark + + The "matres lectionis" can also be written explicitly, e.g., + "_ey" for "E", "iy" for "I", "_ow" for "O" + + - "patach furtivum" is written ".a" BEFORE its carrier: "rU.a_h". + + - "dagesh forte" is expressed by doubling the consonant; thus two + equal consonants in sequence (even in \novocalize mode) must + be separated by some short vowel indicator (or ".u"), if the + standard encoding is used. + + - "dagesh orthophonicum" is coded like "dagesh forte". + + - "meteg" is indicated by | after the vowel. + + - "maqqef" is -- (en-dash; a single hyphen will be ignored) + + - Prefixes may be separated by a single hyphen, which appears in + the transcription without changing the Hebrew writing. + + - For those rare cases where a consonant is missing, input "| + (quote bar); this may also carry vowels. + + - "raphe" and cantillation marks are not supported. + + Abbreviations may not be used in this mode as we know of no + obvious way of indicating them (sorry; any ideas ?). + + Other encodings: + + - \setcode {hed}, \setcode {newcode} or \setcode {iso8859-8} + activates the verbatim reading module for the Hebrew characters + in code positions 128 .. 154 as generated by HED, and also + in code positions 224 .. 250 ("newcode", ISO 8859-8). + + If this encoding is used, vowel points, dagesh and meteg cannot + be used as they cannot be represented in the input encoding. + Abbreviations may be expressed by a single or double apostrophe + (right quote). The final and the medial forms of characters are + equivalent; ArabTeX chooses the appropriate shape automatically. + + - setcode {bhs} switches to the encoding used in the machine- + readable version of BHS. Add "bhs" as a LaTeX style option, + or say \input bhs.sty. The line-breaks of the source are + (usually) respected. BHS line numbers and comments are only + partially supported. + + Transcription systems: + + - \transtrue activates the standard ZDMG transcription, and + there are provisions for additional transcription systems: + + - \settrans {zaw) switches to the conventions of "Zeitschrift + fuer die Alttestamentliche Wissenschaft" (recommended); + + - \settrans {gesenius} activates the system used in W. Gesenius' + Hebrew Grammar, 26th edition (deprecated). + + - \settrans {standard} restores the standard ZDMG transcription. + + Fonts: + + - Presently ArabTeX provides no own Hebrew font but uses the font + "hclassic" which can be downloaded e.g., from + + ftp://noa.huji.ac.il/tex/fonts + ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/language/hebrew/fonts + ftp://ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive/language/hebrew/fonts + + This font has been designed by Joel Hoffman, who also wrote some + macro packages from which we took a few ideas for positioning + punctuation. + + - If no vowel points are required, the standard fonts "DeadSea", + "OldJaffa", TelAviv", and "Jerusalem" can also be used. They + are activated by the commands \ds, \oj, \ta, \jm; \hc switches + to the default "hclassic" font. + + - The "Shalom" family of fonts is activated by \shlmold, \shlmscr, + and \shlmstk. Their vowel points presently do NOT work. + + - In case a font is not found but locally available, check and, + if required, correct the exact spelling of the font name within + the file "Uheb.fd". There are various variants on the Net. + + - Comments and bug reports are welcome. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Prof. Klaus Lagally + Institut fuer Informatik + Universitaet Stuttgart + Breitwiesenstrasse 20-22 + D-70565 Stuttgart + GERMANY + + lagally@informatik.uni-stuttgart.de +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Copyright (c) 1997, Klaus Lagally +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + diff --git a/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/install.txt b/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/install.txt index c980ef8500..97d86c519f 100644 --- a/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/install.txt +++ b/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/install.txt @@ -1,176 +1,176 @@ -INSTALL 17.09.2001
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ArabTeX Version 3.10
- ====================
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- The ArabTeX package is distributed as one of the following
- binary files:
-
- arabtex.zip for PC users:
- The ArabTeX package in compressed ZIP format.
- Unpack with (PK)UNZIP as a directory tree.
-
- arabtex.tar.Z for UNIX users:
- The ArabTeX package in compressed tar format.
- Unpack as a directory tree.
-
- In addition, there may be ASCII files "apatch.sty", "hepatch.sty"
- with last minute corrections. These are not difference files;
- just put them on the TEXINPUT path.
-
- Depending on the server there may also be the unpacked files.
-
- The binary package, if complete, should contain at least:
-
- Main directory: (ASCII files and subdirectories)
- ---------------
- announce.txt describing the current version
- arabtex.htm general information in HTML format
- arabtex.gif the ArabTeX logo
- changes.txt release history and known bugs
- install.txt THIS file
- readme.txt general information
- lppl.txt license information
-
- doc subdirectory containing documentation
- texinput subdirectory containing the TeX macros
- mfinput subdirectory containing the METAFONT sources
- tfm subdirectory containing the TFM font files
- laser.pk subdirectory containing 300 dpi pixel files
- psfonts subdirectory containing T1 Postscript fonts
- examples subdirectory containing some examples
-
- Subdirectory "texinput": (ASCII files)
- ----------------------
- manifest.txt list of contents
- .
- arabtex.sty LaTeX 2e package, LaTeX 2.09 style option: driver
- arabtex.tex loader and patches for use with Plain TeX
- hebtex.tex Hebrew mode: loader for use with Plain TeX
- .
- about 40 ASCII files containing the ArabTeX macros
- .
- miscellaneous utility files (usually not required)
-
- Subdirectory "report": (ASCII files) (deleted)
- ---------------------
- The old user manual that used to be here has been superseded by
- a new PDF version "doc/arabdoc.pdf"
-
- Subdirectory "mfinput": (ASCII files)
- ---------------------
- nash14.mf METAFONT driver file for font nash14
- nash14bf.mf METAFONT driver file for font nash14bf
-
- nash.mf the following files will be loaded automatically:
- nashbase.mf
- nashchar.mf
- nashdia.mf
- nashdig.mf
- nashlig.mf
- nashspec.mf
- arabsymb.mf
-
- hclassic.mf Hebrew font by Joel Hoffman
- hcaption.mf Hebrew font by Joel Hoffman
- hcbase_p.mf
-
- xnsh14.mf driver file for font xnsh14
- xnsh14bf.mf driver file for font xnsh14bf
- several additional files will be loaded on demand
-
- Subdirectory "tfm": (Binary files)
- -------------------
- hclassic.tfm TeX font metrics
- hcaption.tfm
- nash14.tfm TeX font metrics
- nash14bf.tfm
- xnsh14.tfm
- xnsh14bf.tfm
- yarborn.tfm
-
- Subdirectory "laser.pk": (Binary files)
- -------------------
- nash14.300pk bitmaps in PK format at 300 dpi
- nash14.329pk \magstephalf
- nash14.360pk \magstep 1
- nash14.432pk \magstep 2
- nash14.518pk \magstep 3
- nash14.622pk \magstep 4
- nash14.746pk \magstep 5
- nash14bf.300k etc.: the same for the font nash14bf
- analogous files for the other fonts provided
-
- The font files are customized for a HP Laserjet with 300 dpi
- resolution. If that does not suit your needs, recompile the
- sources with METAFONT.
-
- NOTE: On systems using the 8+3 file naming convention you may
- have to move the bitmap files to several directories and to
- rename them according to local conventions.
-
- Subdirectory "psfonts": (Binary files)
- ---------------------
- arabtex.map font description for DVIPS
- xnsh14.pfb T1 font
- xnsh14bf.pfb T1 font
-
- Subdirectory "doc": documentation
- ---------------------
- arabdoc.pdf user manual (incomplete, in progress)
-
- Subdirectory "html": HTML and GIF files
- ---------------------
- arabtex.htm documentation in HTML format
- refer.htm references
- changes.htm current status
- chg310.htm
- some auxiliary files
-
- Subdirectory "txt": ASCII documentation
- ---------------------
- hebrew.305 details on the Hebrew extension
- readme.305 additional details
- arabtex.doc a short introduction (rather old)
- arabtex.faq answers to some Frequently Asked Questions
- arwindos.tex notes on Windows CP 1256 encoding support
- malay.tex
- sindhi.tex notes on various extensions
- uighur.tex
- changes2.txt older release history
-
- Subdirectory "patches": (ASCII) sub-versions
- ---------------------
- apatch.sty current sub-version
- hepatch.sty
- apatch03.10-
- hepatch3.10-
- . former sub-versions as applicable
-
- Subdirectory "examples": (ASCII and binary files)
- ---------------------
- guha.tex a small LaTeX demo
- guha.dvi the demo output in DVI format
- guha.ps the demo output in PostScript format
- omar.tex a small demo for Farsi
- ligtable.tex a LaTeX demo showing many ligatures
- .
- some more example files in PS or DVI format
-
- NOTE: Depending on the structure of your TeX installation you may
- have to move the subdirectories to other places and/or to issue
- some command to refresh the TeX system. This is strongly dependent
- on the local configuration; possibly ask some local TeX guru.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Prof. Klaus Lagally
- Institut fuer Informatik
- Universitaet Stuttgart
- Breitwiesenstrasse 20-22
- D-70565 Stuttgart
- GERMANY
-
- lagally@informatik.uni-stuttgart.de
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Copyright (c) 1990 - 2001, Klaus Lagally
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+INSTALL 17.09.2001 +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + ArabTeX Version 3.10 + ==================== +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + The ArabTeX package is distributed as one of the following + binary files: + + arabtex.zip for PC users: + The ArabTeX package in compressed ZIP format. + Unpack with (PK)UNZIP as a directory tree. + + arabtex.tar.Z for UNIX users: + The ArabTeX package in compressed tar format. + Unpack as a directory tree. + + In addition, there may be ASCII files "apatch.sty", "hepatch.sty" + with last minute corrections. These are not difference files; + just put them on the TEXINPUT path. + + Depending on the server there may also be the unpacked files. + + The binary package, if complete, should contain at least: + + Main directory: (ASCII files and subdirectories) + --------------- + announce.txt describing the current version + arabtex.htm general information in HTML format + arabtex.gif the ArabTeX logo + changes.txt release history and known bugs + install.txt THIS file + readme.txt general information + lppl.txt license information + + doc subdirectory containing documentation + texinput subdirectory containing the TeX macros + mfinput subdirectory containing the METAFONT sources + tfm subdirectory containing the TFM font files + laser.pk subdirectory containing 300 dpi pixel files + psfonts subdirectory containing T1 Postscript fonts + examples subdirectory containing some examples + + Subdirectory "texinput": (ASCII files) + ---------------------- + manifest.txt list of contents + . + arabtex.sty LaTeX 2e package, LaTeX 2.09 style option: driver + arabtex.tex loader and patches for use with Plain TeX + hebtex.tex Hebrew mode: loader for use with Plain TeX + . + about 40 ASCII files containing the ArabTeX macros + . + miscellaneous utility files (usually not required) + + Subdirectory "report": (ASCII files) (deleted) + --------------------- + The old user manual that used to be here has been superseded by + a new PDF version "doc/arabdoc.pdf" + + Subdirectory "mfinput": (ASCII files) + --------------------- + nash14.mf METAFONT driver file for font nash14 + nash14bf.mf METAFONT driver file for font nash14bf + + nash.mf the following files will be loaded automatically: + nashbase.mf + nashchar.mf + nashdia.mf + nashdig.mf + nashlig.mf + nashspec.mf + arabsymb.mf + + hclassic.mf Hebrew font by Joel Hoffman + hcaption.mf Hebrew font by Joel Hoffman + hcbase_p.mf + + xnsh14.mf driver file for font xnsh14 + xnsh14bf.mf driver file for font xnsh14bf + several additional files will be loaded on demand + + Subdirectory "tfm": (Binary files) + ------------------- + hclassic.tfm TeX font metrics + hcaption.tfm + nash14.tfm TeX font metrics + nash14bf.tfm + xnsh14.tfm + xnsh14bf.tfm + yarborn.tfm + + Subdirectory "laser.pk": (Binary files) + ------------------- + nash14.300pk bitmaps in PK format at 300 dpi + nash14.329pk \magstephalf + nash14.360pk \magstep 1 + nash14.432pk \magstep 2 + nash14.518pk \magstep 3 + nash14.622pk \magstep 4 + nash14.746pk \magstep 5 + nash14bf.300k etc.: the same for the font nash14bf + analogous files for the other fonts provided + + The font files are customized for a HP Laserjet with 300 dpi + resolution. If that does not suit your needs, recompile the + sources with METAFONT. + + NOTE: On systems using the 8+3 file naming convention you may + have to move the bitmap files to several directories and to + rename them according to local conventions. + + Subdirectory "psfonts": (Binary files) + --------------------- + arabtex.map font description for DVIPS + xnsh14.pfb T1 font + xnsh14bf.pfb T1 font + + Subdirectory "doc": documentation + --------------------- + arabdoc.pdf user manual (incomplete, in progress) + + Subdirectory "html": HTML and GIF files + --------------------- + arabtex.htm documentation in HTML format + refer.htm references + changes.htm current status + chg310.htm + some auxiliary files + + Subdirectory "txt": ASCII documentation + --------------------- + hebrew.305 details on the Hebrew extension + readme.305 additional details + arabtex.doc a short introduction (rather old) + arabtex.faq answers to some Frequently Asked Questions + arwindos.tex notes on Windows CP 1256 encoding support + malay.tex + sindhi.tex notes on various extensions + uighur.tex + changes2.txt older release history + + Subdirectory "patches": (ASCII) sub-versions + --------------------- + apatch.sty current sub-version + hepatch.sty + apatch03.10- + hepatch3.10- + . former sub-versions as applicable + + Subdirectory "examples": (ASCII and binary files) + --------------------- + guha.tex a small LaTeX demo + guha.dvi the demo output in DVI format + guha.ps the demo output in PostScript format + omar.tex a small demo for Farsi + ligtable.tex a LaTeX demo showing many ligatures + . + some more example files in PS or DVI format + + NOTE: Depending on the structure of your TeX installation you may + have to move the subdirectories to other places and/or to issue + some command to refresh the TeX system. This is strongly dependent + on the local configuration; possibly ask some local TeX guru. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Prof. Klaus Lagally + Institut fuer Informatik + Universitaet Stuttgart + Breitwiesenstrasse 20-22 + D-70565 Stuttgart + GERMANY + + lagally@informatik.uni-stuttgart.de +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Copyright (c) 1990 - 2001, Klaus Lagally +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/kashmiri.tex b/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/kashmiri.tex index 440de9f94c..cea343cf02 100644 --- a/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/kashmiri.tex +++ b/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/kashmiri.tex @@ -1,123 +1,123 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\documentclass[12pt]{article}
-\usepackage{arabtex}
-\usepackage{kashmiri}
-
-%\advance \topsep -10mm
-%\advance \textwidth 10mm
-%\advance \textheight 10mm
-\parindent 0pt
-\parskip 2mm
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\begin{document}
-\setkashmiri
-
-\title{Kashmiri in Arab\TeX}
-\author {Klaus Lagally}
-%\date {}
-\maketitle
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%\makeatletter
-%\urd@false
-
-\begin{table}[tbph]
-\begin{center}
-\Large \tt
-\def <#1>{\<#1> &{\arabfalse \transtrue \<#1>}}
-\begin{tabular}{||c|c|c||c|c|c||c|c|c||c|c|c||}
-\hline
-a &<a> &d &<d> &.d &<.d> &m &<m> \\
-b &<b> &,d &<,d> &.t &<.t> &n &<n> \\
-p &<p> &\_d &<_d> &.z &<.z> &w &<w> \\
-t &<t> &r &<r> &` &<`> &,h &<,h> \\
-,t &<,t> &,r &<,r> &.g &<.g> &y &<y> \\
-\_t &<_t> &z &<z> &f &<f> &h &<h> \\
-j &<j> &\^{}z &<^z> &q &<q> &E &<E> \\
-\^{}c &<^c> &s &<s> &k &<k> &' &<|'> \\
-.h &<.h> &\^{}s &<^s> &g &<g> &T &<T> \\
-\_h &<_h> &.s &<.s> &l &<l> &.y &<B.yB> \\
-\hline
-a &<B|BaB>&i &<B|BiB>&u &<B|BuB>&.o &<B.o> \\
-A &<BA> &I &<BIB> &U &<BU> &.O &<B.O> \\
-.a &<B|B.aB>&.u &<B|B.uB>&o &<Bo> &e &<BeB> \\
-.A &<B.A> &.U &<B|B.UB>&O &<BO> &E &<BEB> \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\rm
-\caption{The Kashmiri Alphabet}
-\label{codes}
-\end{center}
-\end{table}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\bigskip
-
-There is a new experimental Arab\TeX\ language module {\tt kashmiri.sty}
-for processing Kashmiri texts in the extended Perso-Arabic script.
-This mode works only with Arab\TeX\ version 3.08g or later versions,
-and requires the font ``xnash14''.
-
-To activate Kashmiri mode,
-load the module by \verb+\input{kashmiri.sty}+
-(or else \verb+\usepackage{kashmiri}+ with \LaTeX2e),
-and select the language by \verb+\setkashmiri+.
-Kashmiri input texts are encoded in a modification of the
-standard \ArabTeX\ encoding.
-
-The input codes and the default transcription are given
-in Table~\ref {codes} on page~\pageref {codes}.
-The transcription follows the ALA-LC romanization conventions.
-
-Comments on the encoding and the transcription are welcome.
-Kashmiri mode might later
-become part of the \ArabTeX\ system proper;
-in that case explicit loading of the module will no more be necessary.
-
-\iffalse
-%\bigskip
-%Notes:
-\begin{enumerate}
-\itemsep 0pt
-\item
-This is a preliminary version solely
-intended for inspection, experiments, evaluation, and suggestions.
-The final version may differ in details, depending on feedback
-by the users.
-
-\item
-Use hyphens to resolve ambiguities with aspired consonants.
-
-\item
-If the new font is not available,
-the ``wide letter kaf'' is missing.
-We temporarily substitute an ordinary letter kaf with four dots,
-which does not exist, but should be conspicuous enough.
-%Once the font will have been extended, the substitute should disappear.
-
-\item
-Tanween works as expected: \verb+miN+ <miN> , \verb+'|iN+ <'|iN> .
-
-\item
-The user may want to break some ligatures by inserting a vertical bar,
-to get the correct writing, or just for a better appearance of the script.
-
-\end{enumerate}
-\fi
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\bigskip
-
-{Klaus Lagally\\
-Institut f\"ur Informatik\\
-Breitwiesenstra\ss e 20--22\\
-D-70565 Stuttgart\\
-GERMANY\\
-\tt mailto:lagallyk@acm.org}
-%\date{August 06, 1997}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\end{document}
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\documentclass[12pt]{article} +\usepackage{arabtex} +\usepackage{kashmiri} + +%\advance \topsep -10mm +%\advance \textwidth 10mm +%\advance \textheight 10mm +\parindent 0pt +\parskip 2mm + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\begin{document} +\setkashmiri + +\title{Kashmiri in Arab\TeX} +\author {Klaus Lagally} +%\date {} +\maketitle + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%\makeatletter +%\urd@false + +\begin{table}[tbph] +\begin{center} +\Large \tt +\def <#1>{\<#1> &{\arabfalse \transtrue \<#1>}} +\begin{tabular}{||c|c|c||c|c|c||c|c|c||c|c|c||} +\hline +a &<a> &d &<d> &.d &<.d> &m &<m> \\ +b &<b> &,d &<,d> &.t &<.t> &n &<n> \\ +p &<p> &\_d &<_d> &.z &<.z> &w &<w> \\ +t &<t> &r &<r> &` &<`> &,h &<,h> \\ +,t &<,t> &,r &<,r> &.g &<.g> &y &<y> \\ +\_t &<_t> &z &<z> &f &<f> &h &<h> \\ +j &<j> &\^{}z &<^z> &q &<q> &E &<E> \\ +\^{}c &<^c> &s &<s> &k &<k> &' &<|'> \\ +.h &<.h> &\^{}s &<^s> &g &<g> &T &<T> \\ +\_h &<_h> &.s &<.s> &l &<l> &.y &<B.yB> \\ +\hline +a &<B|BaB>&i &<B|BiB>&u &<B|BuB>&.o &<B.o> \\ +A &<BA> &I &<BIB> &U &<BU> &.O &<B.O> \\ +.a &<B|B.aB>&.u &<B|B.uB>&o &<Bo> &e &<BeB> \\ +.A &<B.A> &.U &<B|B.UB>&O &<BO> &E &<BEB> \\ +\hline +\end{tabular} +\rm +\caption{The Kashmiri Alphabet} +\label{codes} +\end{center} +\end{table} + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\bigskip + +There is a new experimental Arab\TeX\ language module {\tt kashmiri.sty} +for processing Kashmiri texts in the extended Perso-Arabic script. +This mode works only with Arab\TeX\ version 3.08g or later versions, +and requires the font ``xnash14''. + +To activate Kashmiri mode, +load the module by \verb+\input{kashmiri.sty}+ +(or else \verb+\usepackage{kashmiri}+ with \LaTeX2e), +and select the language by \verb+\setkashmiri+. +Kashmiri input texts are encoded in a modification of the +standard \ArabTeX\ encoding. + +The input codes and the default transcription are given +in Table~\ref {codes} on page~\pageref {codes}. +The transcription follows the ALA-LC romanization conventions. + +Comments on the encoding and the transcription are welcome. +Kashmiri mode might later +become part of the \ArabTeX\ system proper; +in that case explicit loading of the module will no more be necessary. + +\iffalse +%\bigskip +%Notes: +\begin{enumerate} +\itemsep 0pt +\item +This is a preliminary version solely +intended for inspection, experiments, evaluation, and suggestions. +The final version may differ in details, depending on feedback +by the users. + +\item +Use hyphens to resolve ambiguities with aspired consonants. + +\item +If the new font is not available, +the ``wide letter kaf'' is missing. +We temporarily substitute an ordinary letter kaf with four dots, +which does not exist, but should be conspicuous enough. +%Once the font will have been extended, the substitute should disappear. + +\item +Tanween works as expected: \verb+miN+ <miN> , \verb+'|iN+ <'|iN> . + +\item +The user may want to break some ligatures by inserting a vertical bar, +to get the correct writing, or just for a better appearance of the script. + +\end{enumerate} +\fi + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\bigskip + +{Klaus Lagally\\ +Institut f\"ur Informatik\\ +Breitwiesenstra\ss e 20--22\\ +D-70565 Stuttgart\\ +GERMANY\\ +\tt mailto:lagallyk@acm.org} +%\date{August 06, 1997} + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\end{document} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + diff --git a/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/lppl.txt b/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/lppl.txt index 66db1e0a90..5b05fe8689 100644 --- a/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/lppl.txt +++ b/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/lppl.txt @@ -1,318 +1,318 @@ -
-The LaTeX Project Public License
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
-
-LPPL Version 1.2 1999-09-03
-
-Copyright 1999 LaTeX3 Project
- Everyone is allowed to distribute verbatim copies of this
- license document, but modification of it is not allowed.
-
-
-PREAMBLE
-========
-
-The LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) is the license under which the
-base LaTeX distribution is distributed.
-
-You may use this license for any program that you have written and wish
-to distribute. This license may be particularly suitable if your
-program is TeX-related (such as a LaTeX package), but you may use it
-even if your program is unrelated to TeX. The section `WHETHER AND HOW
-TO DISTRIBUTE PROGRAMS UNDER THIS LICENSE', below, gives instructions,
-examples, and recommendations for authors who are considering
-distributing their programs under this license.
-
-In this license document, `The Program' refers to any program
-distributed under this license.
-
-This license gives conditions under which The Program may be distributed
-and conditions under which modified versions of The Program may be
-distributed. Individual files of The Program may bear supplementary
-and/or superseding conditions on modification of themselves and on the
-distribution of modified versions of themselves, but *no* file of The
-Program may bear supplementary or superseding conditions on the
-distribution of an unmodified copy of the file. A distributor wishing
-to distribute a complete, unmodified copy of The Program therefore
-needs to check the conditions only in this license and nowhere else.
-
-Activities other than distribution and/or modification of The Program
-are not covered by this license; they are outside its scope. In
-particular, the act of running The Program is not restricted.
-
-We, the LaTeX3 Project, believe that the conditions below give you
-the freedom to make and distribute modified versions of The Program
-that conform with whatever technical specifications you wish while
-maintaining the availability, integrity, and reliability of
-The Program. If you do not see how to achieve your goal while
-meeting these conditions, then read the document `cfgguide.tex'
-in the base LaTeX distribution for suggestions.
-
-
-CONDITIONS ON DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-===========================================
-
-You may distribute a complete, unmodified copy of The Program.
-Distribution of only part of The Program is not allowed.
-
-You may not modify in any way a file of The Program that bears a legal
-notice forbidding modification of that file.
-
-You may distribute a modified file of The Program if, and only if, the
-following eight conditions are met:
-
- 1. You must meet any additional conditions borne by the file on the
- distribution of a modified version of the file as described below
- in the subsection `Additional Conditions on Individual Files of
- The Program'.
-
- 2. If the file is a LaTeX software file, then you must meet any
- applicable additional conditions on the distribution of a modified
- version of the file that are described below in the subsection
- `Additional Conditions on LaTeX Software Files'.
-
- 3. You must not distribute the modified file with the filename of the
- original file.
-
- 4. In the modified file, you must acknowledge the authorship and
- name of the original file, and the name (if any) of the program
- which contains it.
-
- 5. You must change any identification string in the file to indicate
- clearly that the modified file is not part of The Program.
-
- 6. You must change any addresses in the modified file for the
- reporting of errors in the file or in The Program generally to
- ensure that reports for files no longer maintained by the original
- maintainers will be directed to the maintainers of the modified
- files.
-
- 7. You must distribute the modified file under a license that forbids
- distribution both of the modified file and of any files derived
- from the modified file with the filename of the original file.
-
- 8. You must do either (A) or (B):
-
- (A) distribute a copy of The Program (that is, a complete,
- unmodified copy of The Program) together with the modified
- file; if your distribution of the modified file is made by
- offering access to copy the modified file from a designated
- place, then offering equivalent access to copy The Program
- from the same place meets this condition, even though third
- parties are not compelled to copy The Program along with the
- modified file;
-
- (B) provide to those who receive the modified file information
- that is sufficient for them to obtain a copy of The Program;
- for example, you may provide a Uniform Resource Locator (URL)
- for a site that you expect will provide them with a copy of
- The Program free of charge (either the version from which
- your modification is derived, or perhaps a later version).
-
-Note that in the above, `distribution' of a file means making the
-file available to others by any means. This includes, for instance,
-installing the file on any machine in such a way that the file is
-accessible by users other than yourself. `Modification' of a file
-means any procedure that produces a derivative file under any
-applicable law -- that is, a file containing the original file or
-a significant portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications
-and/or translated into another language.
-
-Changing the name of a file (other than as necessitated by the file
-conventions of the target file systems) is considered to be a
-modification of the file.
-
-The distribution conditions in this license do not have to be
-applied to files that have been modified in accordance with the
-above conditions. Note, however, that Condition 7. does apply to
-any such modified file.
-
-The conditions above are not intended to prohibit, and hence do not
-apply to, the updating, by any method, of a file so that it becomes
-identical to the latest version of that file of The Program.
-
-
-
-A Recommendation on Modification Without Distribution
------------------------------------------------------
-
-It is wise never to modify a file of The Program, even for your own
-personal use, without also meeting the above eight conditions for
-distributing the modified file. While you might intend that such
-modified files will never be distributed, often this will happen by
-accident -- you may forget that you have modified the file; or it may
-not occur to you when allowing others to access the modified file
-that you are thus distributing it and violating the conditions of
-this license. It is usually in your best interest to keep your copy
-of The Program identical with the public one. Many programs provide
-ways to control the behavior of that program without altering its
-licensed files.
-
-
-Additional Conditions on Individual Files of The Program
---------------------------------------------------------
-
-An individual file of The Program may bear additional conditions that
-supplement and/or supersede the conditions in this license if, and only
-if, such additional conditions exclusively concern modification of the
-file or distribution of a modified version of the file. The conditions
-on individual files of The Program therefore may differ only with
-respect to the kind and extent of modification of those files that
-is allowed, and with respect to the distribution of modified versions
-of those files.
-
-
-Additional Conditions on LaTeX Software Files
----------------------------------------------
-
-If a file of The Program is intended to be used with LaTeX (that is,
-if it is a LaTeX software file), then the following additional
-conditions, which supplement and/or supersede the conditions
-above, apply to the file according to its filename extension:
-
- - You may not modify any file with filename extension `.ins' since
- these are installation files containing the legal notices that are
- placed in the files they generate.
-
- - You may distribute modified versions of files with filename
- extension `.fd' (LaTeX font definition files) under the standard
- conditions of the LPPL as described above. You may also distribute
- such modified LaTeX font definition files with their original names
- provided that:
- (1) the only changes to the original files either enable use of
- available fonts or prevent attempts to access unavailable fonts;
- (2) you also distribute the original, unmodified files (TeX input
- paths can be used to control which set of LaTeX font definition
- files is actually used by TeX).
-
- - You may distribute modified versions of files with filename
- extension `.cfg' (configuration files) with their original names.
- The Program may (and usually will) specify the range of commands
- that are allowed in a particular configuration file.
-
-Because of portability and exchangeability issues in LaTeX software,
-The LaTeX3 Project deprecates the distribution of modified versions of
-components of LaTeX or of generally available contributed code for them,
-but such distribution can meet the conditions of this license.
-
-
-NO WARRANTY
-===========
-
-There is no warranty for The Program. Except when otherwise stated in
-writing, The Copyright Holder provides The Program `as is', without
-warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied, including, but not
-limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for
-a particular purpose. The entire risk as to the quality and performance
-of The Program is with you. Should The Program prove defective, you
-assume the cost of all necessary servicing, repair, or correction.
-
-In no event unless agreed to in writing will The Copyright Holder, or
-any author named in the files of The Program, or any other party who may
-distribute and/or modify The Program as permitted above, be liable to
-you for damages, including any general, special, incidental or
-consequential damages arising out of any use of The Program or out of
-inability to use The Program (including, but not limited to, loss of
-data, data being rendered inaccurate, or losses sustained by anyone as
-a result of any failure of The Program to operate with any other
-programs), even if The Copyright Holder or said author or said other
-party has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
-
-
-WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE PROGRAMS UNDER THIS LICENSE
-=========================================================
-
-This section contains important instructions, examples, and
-recommendations for authors who are considering distributing their
-programs under this license. These authors are addressed as `you' in
-this section.
-
-
-Choosing This License or Another License
-----------------------------------------
-
-If for any part of your program you want or need to use *distribution*
-conditions that differ from those in this license, then do not refer to
-this license anywhere in your program but instead distribute your
-program under a different license. You may use the text of this license
-as a model for your own license, but your license should not refer to
-the LPPL or otherwise give the impression that your program is
-distributed under the LPPL.
-
-The document `modguide.tex' in the base LaTeX distribution explains
-the motivation behind the conditions of this license. It explains,
-for example, why distributing LaTeX under the GNU General Public
-License (GPL) was considered inappropriate. Even if your program is
-unrelated to LaTeX, the discussion in `modguide.tex' may still be
-relevant, and authors intending to distribute their programs under any
-license are encouraged to read it.
-
-
-How to Use This License
------------------------
-
-To use this license, place in each of the files of your program both
-an explicit copyright notice including your name and the year and also
-a statement that the distribution and/or modification of the file is
-constrained by the conditions in this license.
-
-Here is an example of such a notice and statement:
-
- %% pig.dtx
- %% Copyright 2001 M. Y. Name
- %
- % This program may be distributed and/or modified under the
- % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2
- % of this license or (at your option) any later version.
- % The latest version of this license is in
- % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
- % and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
- % version 1999/12/01 or later.
- %
- % This program consists of the files pig.dtx and pig.ins
-
-Given such a notice and statement in a file, the conditions given in
-this license document would apply, with `The Program' referring to the
-two files `pig.dtx' and `pig.ins', and `The Copyright Holder' referring
-to the person `M. Y. Name'.
-
-
-Important Recommendations
--------------------------
-
- Defining What Constitutes The Program
-
- The LPPL requires that distributions of The Program contain all the
- files of The Program. It is therefore important that you provide a
- way for the licensee to determine which files constitute The Program.
- This could, for example, be achieved by explicitly listing all the
- files of The Program near the copyright notice of each file or by
- using a line like
-
- % This program consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
-
- in that place. In the absence of an unequivocal list it might be
- impossible for the licensee to determine what is considered by you
- to comprise The Program.
-
- Noting Exceptional Files
-
- If The Program contains any files bearing additional conditions on
- modification, or on distribution of modified versions, of those
- files (other than those listed in `Additional Conditions on LaTeX
- Software Files'), then it is recommended that The Program contain a
- prominent file that defines the exceptional conditions, and either
- lists the exceptional files or defines one or more categories of
- exceptional files.
-
- Files containing the text of a license (such as this file) are
- often examples of files bearing more restrictive conditions on
- modification. LaTeX configuration files (with filename extension
- `.cfg') are examples of files bearing less restrictive conditions
- on the distribution of a modified version of the file. The
- additional conditions on LaTeX software given above are examples
- of declaring a category of files bearing exceptional additional
- conditions.
-
-
-
+ +The LaTeX Project Public License +=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- + +LPPL Version 1.2 1999-09-03 + +Copyright 1999 LaTeX3 Project + Everyone is allowed to distribute verbatim copies of this + license document, but modification of it is not allowed. + + +PREAMBLE +======== + +The LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) is the license under which the +base LaTeX distribution is distributed. + +You may use this license for any program that you have written and wish +to distribute. This license may be particularly suitable if your +program is TeX-related (such as a LaTeX package), but you may use it +even if your program is unrelated to TeX. The section `WHETHER AND HOW +TO DISTRIBUTE PROGRAMS UNDER THIS LICENSE', below, gives instructions, +examples, and recommendations for authors who are considering +distributing their programs under this license. + +In this license document, `The Program' refers to any program +distributed under this license. + +This license gives conditions under which The Program may be distributed +and conditions under which modified versions of The Program may be +distributed. Individual files of The Program may bear supplementary +and/or superseding conditions on modification of themselves and on the +distribution of modified versions of themselves, but *no* file of The +Program may bear supplementary or superseding conditions on the +distribution of an unmodified copy of the file. A distributor wishing +to distribute a complete, unmodified copy of The Program therefore +needs to check the conditions only in this license and nowhere else. + +Activities other than distribution and/or modification of The Program +are not covered by this license; they are outside its scope. In +particular, the act of running The Program is not restricted. + +We, the LaTeX3 Project, believe that the conditions below give you +the freedom to make and distribute modified versions of The Program +that conform with whatever technical specifications you wish while +maintaining the availability, integrity, and reliability of +The Program. If you do not see how to achieve your goal while +meeting these conditions, then read the document `cfgguide.tex' +in the base LaTeX distribution for suggestions. + + +CONDITIONS ON DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION +=========================================== + +You may distribute a complete, unmodified copy of The Program. +Distribution of only part of The Program is not allowed. + +You may not modify in any way a file of The Program that bears a legal +notice forbidding modification of that file. + +You may distribute a modified file of The Program if, and only if, the +following eight conditions are met: + + 1. You must meet any additional conditions borne by the file on the + distribution of a modified version of the file as described below + in the subsection `Additional Conditions on Individual Files of + The Program'. + + 2. If the file is a LaTeX software file, then you must meet any + applicable additional conditions on the distribution of a modified + version of the file that are described below in the subsection + `Additional Conditions on LaTeX Software Files'. + + 3. You must not distribute the modified file with the filename of the + original file. + + 4. In the modified file, you must acknowledge the authorship and + name of the original file, and the name (if any) of the program + which contains it. + + 5. You must change any identification string in the file to indicate + clearly that the modified file is not part of The Program. + + 6. You must change any addresses in the modified file for the + reporting of errors in the file or in The Program generally to + ensure that reports for files no longer maintained by the original + maintainers will be directed to the maintainers of the modified + files. + + 7. You must distribute the modified file under a license that forbids + distribution both of the modified file and of any files derived + from the modified file with the filename of the original file. + + 8. You must do either (A) or (B): + + (A) distribute a copy of The Program (that is, a complete, + unmodified copy of The Program) together with the modified + file; if your distribution of the modified file is made by + offering access to copy the modified file from a designated + place, then offering equivalent access to copy The Program + from the same place meets this condition, even though third + parties are not compelled to copy The Program along with the + modified file; + + (B) provide to those who receive the modified file information + that is sufficient for them to obtain a copy of The Program; + for example, you may provide a Uniform Resource Locator (URL) + for a site that you expect will provide them with a copy of + The Program free of charge (either the version from which + your modification is derived, or perhaps a later version). + +Note that in the above, `distribution' of a file means making the +file available to others by any means. This includes, for instance, +installing the file on any machine in such a way that the file is +accessible by users other than yourself. `Modification' of a file +means any procedure that produces a derivative file under any +applicable law -- that is, a file containing the original file or +a significant portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications +and/or translated into another language. + +Changing the name of a file (other than as necessitated by the file +conventions of the target file systems) is considered to be a +modification of the file. + +The distribution conditions in this license do not have to be +applied to files that have been modified in accordance with the +above conditions. Note, however, that Condition 7. does apply to +any such modified file. + +The conditions above are not intended to prohibit, and hence do not +apply to, the updating, by any method, of a file so that it becomes +identical to the latest version of that file of The Program. + + + +A Recommendation on Modification Without Distribution +----------------------------------------------------- + +It is wise never to modify a file of The Program, even for your own +personal use, without also meeting the above eight conditions for +distributing the modified file. While you might intend that such +modified files will never be distributed, often this will happen by +accident -- you may forget that you have modified the file; or it may +not occur to you when allowing others to access the modified file +that you are thus distributing it and violating the conditions of +this license. It is usually in your best interest to keep your copy +of The Program identical with the public one. Many programs provide +ways to control the behavior of that program without altering its +licensed files. + + +Additional Conditions on Individual Files of The Program +-------------------------------------------------------- + +An individual file of The Program may bear additional conditions that +supplement and/or supersede the conditions in this license if, and only +if, such additional conditions exclusively concern modification of the +file or distribution of a modified version of the file. The conditions +on individual files of The Program therefore may differ only with +respect to the kind and extent of modification of those files that +is allowed, and with respect to the distribution of modified versions +of those files. + + +Additional Conditions on LaTeX Software Files +--------------------------------------------- + +If a file of The Program is intended to be used with LaTeX (that is, +if it is a LaTeX software file), then the following additional +conditions, which supplement and/or supersede the conditions +above, apply to the file according to its filename extension: + + - You may not modify any file with filename extension `.ins' since + these are installation files containing the legal notices that are + placed in the files they generate. + + - You may distribute modified versions of files with filename + extension `.fd' (LaTeX font definition files) under the standard + conditions of the LPPL as described above. You may also distribute + such modified LaTeX font definition files with their original names + provided that: + (1) the only changes to the original files either enable use of + available fonts or prevent attempts to access unavailable fonts; + (2) you also distribute the original, unmodified files (TeX input + paths can be used to control which set of LaTeX font definition + files is actually used by TeX). + + - You may distribute modified versions of files with filename + extension `.cfg' (configuration files) with their original names. + The Program may (and usually will) specify the range of commands + that are allowed in a particular configuration file. + +Because of portability and exchangeability issues in LaTeX software, +The LaTeX3 Project deprecates the distribution of modified versions of +components of LaTeX or of generally available contributed code for them, +but such distribution can meet the conditions of this license. + + +NO WARRANTY +=========== + +There is no warranty for The Program. Except when otherwise stated in +writing, The Copyright Holder provides The Program `as is', without +warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied, including, but not +limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for +a particular purpose. The entire risk as to the quality and performance +of The Program is with you. Should The Program prove defective, you +assume the cost of all necessary servicing, repair, or correction. + +In no event unless agreed to in writing will The Copyright Holder, or +any author named in the files of The Program, or any other party who may +distribute and/or modify The Program as permitted above, be liable to +you for damages, including any general, special, incidental or +consequential damages arising out of any use of The Program or out of +inability to use The Program (including, but not limited to, loss of +data, data being rendered inaccurate, or losses sustained by anyone as +a result of any failure of The Program to operate with any other +programs), even if The Copyright Holder or said author or said other +party has been advised of the possibility of such damages. + + +WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE PROGRAMS UNDER THIS LICENSE +========================================================= + +This section contains important instructions, examples, and +recommendations for authors who are considering distributing their +programs under this license. These authors are addressed as `you' in +this section. + + +Choosing This License or Another License +---------------------------------------- + +If for any part of your program you want or need to use *distribution* +conditions that differ from those in this license, then do not refer to +this license anywhere in your program but instead distribute your +program under a different license. You may use the text of this license +as a model for your own license, but your license should not refer to +the LPPL or otherwise give the impression that your program is +distributed under the LPPL. + +The document `modguide.tex' in the base LaTeX distribution explains +the motivation behind the conditions of this license. It explains, +for example, why distributing LaTeX under the GNU General Public +License (GPL) was considered inappropriate. Even if your program is +unrelated to LaTeX, the discussion in `modguide.tex' may still be +relevant, and authors intending to distribute their programs under any +license are encouraged to read it. + + +How to Use This License +----------------------- + +To use this license, place in each of the files of your program both +an explicit copyright notice including your name and the year and also +a statement that the distribution and/or modification of the file is +constrained by the conditions in this license. + +Here is an example of such a notice and statement: + + %% pig.dtx + %% Copyright 2001 M. Y. Name + % + % This program may be distributed and/or modified under the + % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 + % of this license or (at your option) any later version. + % The latest version of this license is in + % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt + % and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX + % version 1999/12/01 or later. + % + % This program consists of the files pig.dtx and pig.ins + +Given such a notice and statement in a file, the conditions given in +this license document would apply, with `The Program' referring to the +two files `pig.dtx' and `pig.ins', and `The Copyright Holder' referring +to the person `M. Y. Name'. + + +Important Recommendations +------------------------- + + Defining What Constitutes The Program + + The LPPL requires that distributions of The Program contain all the + files of The Program. It is therefore important that you provide a + way for the licensee to determine which files constitute The Program. + This could, for example, be achieved by explicitly listing all the + files of The Program near the copyright notice of each file or by + using a line like + + % This program consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. + + in that place. In the absence of an unequivocal list it might be + impossible for the licensee to determine what is considered by you + to comprise The Program. + + Noting Exceptional Files + + If The Program contains any files bearing additional conditions on + modification, or on distribution of modified versions, of those + files (other than those listed in `Additional Conditions on LaTeX + Software Files'), then it is recommended that The Program contain a + prominent file that defines the exceptional conditions, and either + lists the exceptional files or defines one or more categories of + exceptional files. + + Files containing the text of a license (such as this file) are + often examples of files bearing more restrictive conditions on + modification. LaTeX configuration files (with filename extension + `.cfg') are examples of files bearing less restrictive conditions + on the distribution of a modified version of the file. The + additional conditions on LaTeX software given above are examples + of declaring a category of files bearing exceptional additional + conditions. + + + diff --git a/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/malay.tex b/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/malay.tex index bec04dbad1..52ccf78862 100644 --- a/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/malay.tex +++ b/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/malay.tex @@ -1,61 +1,61 @@ -\documentclass[12pt]{article}
-\usepackage{arabtex}
-
-\parindent 0pt
-\parskip 2mm
-
-\advance \textwidth 10mm
-\advance \textheight 10mm
-\thispagestyle{empty}
-
-\makeatletter
-\def \({\a@verb}
-\makeatother
-
-\begin{document}
-\title{Old Malay in Arab\TeX}
-\author
-{Klaus Lagally\\
-Institut f\"ur Informatik\\
-Breitwiesenstra\ss e 20--22\\
-D-70565 Stuttgart\\
-GERMANY\\
-\tt mailto:lagallyk@acm.org
-}
-\date{August 06, 1997}
-\maketitle
-
-\setmalay
-%\vocalize
-
-\vspace*{-05mm}
-There is a new Arab\TeX\ language mode, \verb+\setmalay+,
-for processing Old Malay texts in the extended Arabic writing.
-
-This mode works only with Arab\TeX\ version 3.06 or later.
-
-Old Malay input texts are encoded in a modification of the
-standard \ArabTeX\ encoding, see below.
-
-This language mode is strictly experimental
-and expected to contain many errors.
-Please report your experience and suggestions
-for changes and improvements to the author.
-
-Additional encodings (note the variants):
-
-\begin{center}
-\Large
-\begin{tabular}{|cc|c|}
-\hline
-\verb+p+ & &<p> \\
-\verb+g+ & &<g> \\
-\verb+v+ & &<v> \\
-\verb+ng+ &\verb+~g+ &<ng>\\
-\verb+ny+ &\verb+~n+ &<ny>\\
-\verb+c+ &\verb+^c+ &<c> \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\end{center}
-
-\end{document}
+\documentclass[12pt]{article} +\usepackage{arabtex} + +\parindent 0pt +\parskip 2mm + +\advance \textwidth 10mm +\advance \textheight 10mm +\thispagestyle{empty} + +\makeatletter +\def \({\a@verb} +\makeatother + +\begin{document} +\title{Old Malay in Arab\TeX} +\author +{Klaus Lagally\\ +Institut f\"ur Informatik\\ +Breitwiesenstra\ss e 20--22\\ +D-70565 Stuttgart\\ +GERMANY\\ +\tt mailto:lagallyk@acm.org +} +\date{August 06, 1997} +\maketitle + +\setmalay +%\vocalize + +\vspace*{-05mm} +There is a new Arab\TeX\ language mode, \verb+\setmalay+, +for processing Old Malay texts in the extended Arabic writing. + +This mode works only with Arab\TeX\ version 3.06 or later. + +Old Malay input texts are encoded in a modification of the +standard \ArabTeX\ encoding, see below. + +This language mode is strictly experimental +and expected to contain many errors. +Please report your experience and suggestions +for changes and improvements to the author. + +Additional encodings (note the variants): + +\begin{center} +\Large +\begin{tabular}{|cc|c|} +\hline +\verb+p+ & &<p> \\ +\verb+g+ & &<g> \\ +\verb+v+ & &<v> \\ +\verb+ng+ &\verb+~g+ &<ng>\\ +\verb+ny+ &\verb+~n+ &<ny>\\ +\verb+c+ &\verb+^c+ &<c> \\ +\hline +\end{tabular} +\end{center} + +\end{document} diff --git a/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/miktex.mai b/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/miktex.mai index 0f1be054e5..72df847109 100644 --- a/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/miktex.mai +++ b/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/miktex.mai @@ -1,93 +1,93 @@ -From - Fri Oct 25 14:03:48 2002
-X-Mozilla-Status: 0001
-X-Mozilla-Status2: 00000000
-Return-Path: <pbb@aero-optics.com>
-Received: from ifi.informatik.uni-stuttgart.de (ifi [129.69.211.1])
- by informatik.uni-stuttgart.de (8.9.3/8.9.3) with ESMTP id VAA11776
- for <lagally@linde.informatik.uni-stuttgart.de>; Thu, 24 Oct 2002 21:48:24 +0200
-Received: from alias.acm.org (alias.acm.org [199.222.69.90]) by ifi.informatik.uni-stuttgart.de (8.9.3/2.2) with ESMTP id VAA19114 for <lagally@informatik.uni-stuttgart.de>; Thu, 24 Oct 2002 21:48:22 +0200 (MET DST)
-Received: from mr3.ash.ops.us.uu.net ([198.5.241.88])
- by alias.acm.org (ACM Email Forwarding Service) with ESMTP id COB73880
- for <lagallyk@acm.org>; Thu, 24 Oct 2002 15:49:48 -0400
-Received: from aero-optics.com by mr3.ash.ops.us.uu.net with ESMTP
- (peer crosschecked as: AeroOptics-GW.CUSTOMER.DSL.ALTER.NET [206.114.228.171])
- id QQnlzr17811
- for <lagallyk@acm.org>; Thu, 24 Oct 2002 19:48:19 GMT
-Message-ID: <3DB84F29.3ED9EB87@aero-optics.com>
-Date: Thu, 24 Oct 2002 12:51:05 -0700
-From: "Peter B.C. Barton" <pbb@aero-optics.com>
-X-Sender: "Peter B.C. Barton" <mail247815@mail247815.smtpserver.pop.net> (Unverified)
-X-Mailer: Mozilla 4.61 [en]C-gatewaynet (WinNT; I)
-X-Accept-Language: en
-MIME-Version: 1.0
-To: lagallyk@acm.org
-Subject: Re: ArabTeX on the PC
-References: <3DB80D10.31734B8@aero-optics.com> <3DB844A2.9040900@informatik.uni-stuttgart.de>
-Content-Type: text/plain; charset=us-ascii
-Content-Transfer-Encoding: 7bit
-
-Professor Lagally,
-
-Your instructions and help are greatly appreciated. You asked to be notified
-if your instructions work - YES they do! For future reference (for other lost
-souls) the MiKTeX database is refreshed by running config.bat found in the
-C:\texmf\miktex\config directory.
-
-Peter Barton
-
-
-
-
-
-Klaus Lagally wrote:
-
-> Peter B.C. Barton wrote:
-> > Professor Lagally,
-> >
-> > I am not a "TeXpert" and have a question regarding ArabTeX compatibility
-> > on the PC. The ArabTeX homepage specifically mentions PCTeX and
-> > emTeX. I was hoping to employ ArabTeX using MiKTeX. I understand
-> > that ArabTeX will run on any standard implementation of TeX/LaTeX but I
-> > am not able to determine if MiKTeX is standard or non-standard. I
-> > would appreciate any words of advice.
-> >
-> > regards,
-> >
-> > Peter Barton
->
-> MiKTeX is standard, and works well with ArabTeX. As far as I know MiKTeX
-> uses the standard TeX Directory Structure; to install ArabTeX do the
-> following (according to folklore I cannot check):
->
-> - unpack ARABTEX.ZIP into some temporary directory, keeping the
-> subdirectory structure intact.
->
-> - locate your LOCAL TeXMF tree (probably C:\localtexmf\) and therein create:
->
-> -- a subdirectory \tex\latex\arabtex\ for all files within TEXINPUT
-> -- a subdirectory \fonts\tfm\arabtex\ for all files within TFM
-> -- a subdirectory \fonts\source\arabtex\ for all files within MFINPUT
-> -- a subdirectory \fonts\type1\arabtex\ for all files within PSFONTS
->
-> - move the files to the appropriate places. The file PSFONTS\arabtex.map
-> is used by DVIPS and should possibly go somewhere else, according to
-> your local needs.
->
-> - call "texhash" or "texconfig" (or whatever the command is) to refresh
-> your TeX file name database.
->
-> - move the documentation and whatever else is left over to some
-> convenient place.
->
-> This is all I know about MiKTeX. Since I do not run Windows I cannot
-> check everything; please tell me if it works.
->
-> Good luck!
->
-> KL
-> --
-> Prof. Dr. Klaus Lagally | mailto:lagally@informatik.uni-stuttgart.de
-> Institut fuer Informatik | Tel. +49-711-7816392 | Zeige mir deine Uhr,
-> Breitwiesenstrasse 20-22 | FAX +49-711-7816370 | und ich sage dir,
-> 70565 Stuttgart, GERMANY | | wie spaet es ist.
->
+From - Fri Oct 25 14:03:48 2002 +X-Mozilla-Status: 0001 +X-Mozilla-Status2: 00000000 +Return-Path: <pbb@aero-optics.com> +Received: from ifi.informatik.uni-stuttgart.de (ifi [129.69.211.1]) + by informatik.uni-stuttgart.de (8.9.3/8.9.3) with ESMTP id VAA11776 + for <lagally@linde.informatik.uni-stuttgart.de>; Thu, 24 Oct 2002 21:48:24 +0200 +Received: from alias.acm.org (alias.acm.org [199.222.69.90]) by ifi.informatik.uni-stuttgart.de (8.9.3/2.2) with ESMTP id VAA19114 for <lagally@informatik.uni-stuttgart.de>; Thu, 24 Oct 2002 21:48:22 +0200 (MET DST) +Received: from mr3.ash.ops.us.uu.net ([198.5.241.88]) + by alias.acm.org (ACM Email Forwarding Service) with ESMTP id COB73880 + for <lagallyk@acm.org>; Thu, 24 Oct 2002 15:49:48 -0400 +Received: from aero-optics.com by mr3.ash.ops.us.uu.net with ESMTP + (peer crosschecked as: AeroOptics-GW.CUSTOMER.DSL.ALTER.NET [206.114.228.171]) + id QQnlzr17811 + for <lagallyk@acm.org>; Thu, 24 Oct 2002 19:48:19 GMT +Message-ID: <3DB84F29.3ED9EB87@aero-optics.com> +Date: Thu, 24 Oct 2002 12:51:05 -0700 +From: "Peter B.C. Barton" <pbb@aero-optics.com> +X-Sender: "Peter B.C. Barton" <mail247815@mail247815.smtpserver.pop.net> (Unverified) +X-Mailer: Mozilla 4.61 [en]C-gatewaynet (WinNT; I) +X-Accept-Language: en +MIME-Version: 1.0 +To: lagallyk@acm.org +Subject: Re: ArabTeX on the PC +References: <3DB80D10.31734B8@aero-optics.com> <3DB844A2.9040900@informatik.uni-stuttgart.de> +Content-Type: text/plain; charset=us-ascii +Content-Transfer-Encoding: 7bit + +Professor Lagally, + +Your instructions and help are greatly appreciated. You asked to be notified +if your instructions work - YES they do! For future reference (for other lost +souls) the MiKTeX database is refreshed by running config.bat found in the +C:\texmf\miktex\config directory. + +Peter Barton + + + + + +Klaus Lagally wrote: + +> Peter B.C. Barton wrote: +> > Professor Lagally, +> > +> > I am not a "TeXpert" and have a question regarding ArabTeX compatibility +> > on the PC. The ArabTeX homepage specifically mentions PCTeX and +> > emTeX. I was hoping to employ ArabTeX using MiKTeX. I understand +> > that ArabTeX will run on any standard implementation of TeX/LaTeX but I +> > am not able to determine if MiKTeX is standard or non-standard. I +> > would appreciate any words of advice. +> > +> > regards, +> > +> > Peter Barton +> +> MiKTeX is standard, and works well with ArabTeX. As far as I know MiKTeX +> uses the standard TeX Directory Structure; to install ArabTeX do the +> following (according to folklore I cannot check): +> +> - unpack ARABTEX.ZIP into some temporary directory, keeping the +> subdirectory structure intact. +> +> - locate your LOCAL TeXMF tree (probably C:\localtexmf\) and therein create: +> +> -- a subdirectory \tex\latex\arabtex\ for all files within TEXINPUT +> -- a subdirectory \fonts\tfm\arabtex\ for all files within TFM +> -- a subdirectory \fonts\source\arabtex\ for all files within MFINPUT +> -- a subdirectory \fonts\type1\arabtex\ for all files within PSFONTS +> +> - move the files to the appropriate places. The file PSFONTS\arabtex.map +> is used by DVIPS and should possibly go somewhere else, according to +> your local needs. +> +> - call "texhash" or "texconfig" (or whatever the command is) to refresh +> your TeX file name database. +> +> - move the documentation and whatever else is left over to some +> convenient place. +> +> This is all I know about MiKTeX. Since I do not run Windows I cannot +> check everything; please tell me if it works. +> +> Good luck! +> +> KL +> -- +> Prof. Dr. Klaus Lagally | mailto:lagally@informatik.uni-stuttgart.de +> Institut fuer Informatik | Tel. +49-711-7816392 | Zeige mir deine Uhr, +> Breitwiesenstrasse 20-22 | FAX +49-711-7816370 | und ich sage dir, +> 70565 Stuttgart, GERMANY | | wie spaet es ist. +> diff --git a/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/readme.305 b/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/readme.305 index 79edc535ef..b5fb8a6d01 100644 --- a/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/readme.305 +++ b/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/readme.305 @@ -1,155 +1,155 @@ -README.305 15.03.1997
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ArabTeX Version 3.05
- ====================
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Additional features not described in the User Manual
-
-| For changes after version 3.02 see change bars in the margin
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- 1. Bidirectional linebreaking
- -----------------------------
- Within a Roman paragraph, Arabic insertions may be included
- by the construct \<Arabic text> ( <Arabic text> initially does
- the same but may be redefined by the user for other purposes).
- This construct, though efficient, has the inherent limitation
- that the contents must fit on the current line, or else the
- user has to break the text by \| or \break at some reasonable
- place. Likewise, within an Arabic paragraph Roman insertions
- may be included by <Roman text>, with the same limitations.
-
- In many cases, as e.g. in the User Manual, insertions are very
- short by nature, so the limitations pose no problem. For other
- applications where the included quotations are much longer than
- part of a line, some additional commands are provided. These are
-| much less efficient and also have a high demand on storage, so
-| they should only be used when necessary.
-
- - \RL {Arabic text} allows an insertion of arbitrary length; the
- lines will be broken automatically. Due to some limitations that
- are inherent in TeX's algorithm, the line containing the start of
- the insertion may come out underfull, and also its baseline may be
- broken. Whenever this happens (only in main vertical mode, never
- within footnotes, parboxes, or minipages), use of the command
- \goodpar {paragraphs} may help (see below.)
-
- - \LR {Roman text} does the same for long Roman insertions in an
- Arabic paragraph. Here there is no problem with the baseline.
-
- - \goodpar {Roman paragraphs} will fix the problems with \RL for
- insertions within the included paragraphs, but might lead to main
- memory overflow; so use it with care, or use Big TeX.
-
- - \mbox {\RL {Arabic text}} is equivalent to \<Arabic text>: no
- line-breaking, as usual.
-
- - \RL in Arabic mode, and \LR in Roman mode, do no harm but are
- redundant.
-
- - the user may, at her/his own risk, include \LR portions within
- \RL portions, and vice versa. This may lead to some interesting
- effects (for details, see: Donald E. Knuth and Pierre MacKay,
- Mixing right-to-left texts with left-to-right texts, TUGboat,
- Volume 8(1987), No. 1, p. 14 - 25)
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- 2. Processing Hebrew with ArabTeX
- ---------------------------------
- An experimental extension that (partially) supports Hebrew may
- be installed by the LaTeX option "hebtex", or \input hebtex.sty.
-| It provides an additional language mode \sethebrew, and several
-| common encodings of texts in Hebrew, that may be switched by
-| the \setcode command. One of the encodings is compatible with
-| Dov Grobgeld's editor HED, so files prepared for HebrewTeX are
-|| supposed to be compatible, including most HebrewTeX commands
-|| (the Hebrew date quite probably does NOT work correctly).
-|| Hebrew "newcode" encoding (ISO 8859-8) probably works too, but
- has not yet been tested extensively. In addition, the standard
- ArabTeX transliteration encoding is also available.
-
-|| For more information, see the text file "hebrew.305". Please
-|| observe that the encoding of vowels written "plene" has been
-|| changed (due to user suggestions!)
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- 3. Support for Arabic Windows
- -----------------------------
- Isam G. Ishaq programmed, and donated, a new reading module for
-| the Arabic encoding CP 1256 supported by Arabic Windows. It is
- installed as a LaTeX option "arabwin" and may be activated by
-| \setcode {arabwin} or \setcode {cp1256}.
- Some documentation is contained in the file "arwindoc.tex"; try
- to process it with ArabTeX, or just read the ASCII text.
-
- As we had little opportunity to test it, this module is supplied
- as is, without any warranty (as usual), nor support.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- 4. Support for EDMAC
- --------------------
- In the transition from EDMAC 3.00 to EDMAC 3.15, some internal
-|| interfaces have changed. ArabTeX 3.05 will adjust itself to the
- version used automatically.
-
- The EDMAC commands \pstart, \pend, and \autopar can now also be
- used within an Arabic paragraph.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-| 5. Module Reporting
-| -------------------
-| A complete list of the modules loaded in a particular run will
-| be put into the log file (before the run statistics), if LaTeX
-| is used. This is believed to be useful when tracing down errors.
-| This list is also available to the user, even with Plain TeX,
-| as the contents of the new control sequence \arabtexconfig.
-| This feature may disappear again.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-| 6. Running ArabTeX with LaTeX2e
-| -------------------------------
-| Up to now we experienced no problems; the only changes we found
-| necessary are loading ArabTeX and its suboptions not as class
-| options but by using the command \usepackage.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-|| 7. Arabic document classes
-|| --------------------------
-|| The experimental LaTeX2e classes "arabart", "arabbook", "arabrep"
-|| extend the standard classes "article", "book", and "report" in
-|| two respects:
-||
-|| - The overall document layout has been "arabized": page numbers
-|| are in Indic numerals, and columns run from right to left.
-||
-|| - Within Arabic environments bracketed by \begin{arabtext} and
-|| \end{arabtext} most LaTeX commands are allowed, including all
-|| sectioning commands, \tabular, \tabbing, even \tableofcontents,
-|| and use an "Arabic looking" format. All arguments that denote
-|| text to be typeset are interpreted according to the currently
-|| activated Arabic encoding. Other arguments keep their standard
-|| meaning, including the preamble of \tabular, whose columns are
-|| processed from left to right (visual formatting).
-||
-|| - Outside of Arabic environments the LaTeX commands revert to the
-|| standard meaning.
-||
-|| The new classes are still in "alpha" status; reports are welcome.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Prof. Klaus Lagally
- Institut fuer Informatik
- Universitaet Stuttgart
- Breitwiesenstrasse 20-22
- D-70565 Stuttgart
- GERMANY
-
- lagally@informatik.uni-stuttgart.de
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-| Copyright (c) 1990 - 1997, Klaus Lagally
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+README.305 15.03.1997 +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + ArabTeX Version 3.05 + ==================== +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Additional features not described in the User Manual + +| For changes after version 3.02 see change bars in the margin +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + 1. Bidirectional linebreaking + ----------------------------- + Within a Roman paragraph, Arabic insertions may be included + by the construct \<Arabic text> ( <Arabic text> initially does + the same but may be redefined by the user for other purposes). + This construct, though efficient, has the inherent limitation + that the contents must fit on the current line, or else the + user has to break the text by \| or \break at some reasonable + place. Likewise, within an Arabic paragraph Roman insertions + may be included by <Roman text>, with the same limitations. + + In many cases, as e.g. in the User Manual, insertions are very + short by nature, so the limitations pose no problem. For other + applications where the included quotations are much longer than + part of a line, some additional commands are provided. These are +| much less efficient and also have a high demand on storage, so +| they should only be used when necessary. + + - \RL {Arabic text} allows an insertion of arbitrary length; the + lines will be broken automatically. Due to some limitations that + are inherent in TeX's algorithm, the line containing the start of + the insertion may come out underfull, and also its baseline may be + broken. Whenever this happens (only in main vertical mode, never + within footnotes, parboxes, or minipages), use of the command + \goodpar {paragraphs} may help (see below.) + + - \LR {Roman text} does the same for long Roman insertions in an + Arabic paragraph. Here there is no problem with the baseline. + + - \goodpar {Roman paragraphs} will fix the problems with \RL for + insertions within the included paragraphs, but might lead to main + memory overflow; so use it with care, or use Big TeX. + + - \mbox {\RL {Arabic text}} is equivalent to \<Arabic text>: no + line-breaking, as usual. + + - \RL in Arabic mode, and \LR in Roman mode, do no harm but are + redundant. + + - the user may, at her/his own risk, include \LR portions within + \RL portions, and vice versa. This may lead to some interesting + effects (for details, see: Donald E. Knuth and Pierre MacKay, + Mixing right-to-left texts with left-to-right texts, TUGboat, + Volume 8(1987), No. 1, p. 14 - 25) + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + 2. Processing Hebrew with ArabTeX + --------------------------------- + An experimental extension that (partially) supports Hebrew may + be installed by the LaTeX option "hebtex", or \input hebtex.sty. +| It provides an additional language mode \sethebrew, and several +| common encodings of texts in Hebrew, that may be switched by +| the \setcode command. One of the encodings is compatible with +| Dov Grobgeld's editor HED, so files prepared for HebrewTeX are +|| supposed to be compatible, including most HebrewTeX commands +|| (the Hebrew date quite probably does NOT work correctly). +|| Hebrew "newcode" encoding (ISO 8859-8) probably works too, but + has not yet been tested extensively. In addition, the standard + ArabTeX transliteration encoding is also available. + +|| For more information, see the text file "hebrew.305". Please +|| observe that the encoding of vowels written "plene" has been +|| changed (due to user suggestions!) + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + 3. Support for Arabic Windows + ----------------------------- + Isam G. Ishaq programmed, and donated, a new reading module for +| the Arabic encoding CP 1256 supported by Arabic Windows. It is + installed as a LaTeX option "arabwin" and may be activated by +| \setcode {arabwin} or \setcode {cp1256}. + Some documentation is contained in the file "arwindoc.tex"; try + to process it with ArabTeX, or just read the ASCII text. + + As we had little opportunity to test it, this module is supplied + as is, without any warranty (as usual), nor support. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + 4. Support for EDMAC + -------------------- + In the transition from EDMAC 3.00 to EDMAC 3.15, some internal +|| interfaces have changed. ArabTeX 3.05 will adjust itself to the + version used automatically. + + The EDMAC commands \pstart, \pend, and \autopar can now also be + used within an Arabic paragraph. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +| 5. Module Reporting +| ------------------- +| A complete list of the modules loaded in a particular run will +| be put into the log file (before the run statistics), if LaTeX +| is used. This is believed to be useful when tracing down errors. +| This list is also available to the user, even with Plain TeX, +| as the contents of the new control sequence \arabtexconfig. +| This feature may disappear again. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +| 6. Running ArabTeX with LaTeX2e +| ------------------------------- +| Up to now we experienced no problems; the only changes we found +| necessary are loading ArabTeX and its suboptions not as class +| options but by using the command \usepackage. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +|| 7. Arabic document classes +|| -------------------------- +|| The experimental LaTeX2e classes "arabart", "arabbook", "arabrep" +|| extend the standard classes "article", "book", and "report" in +|| two respects: +|| +|| - The overall document layout has been "arabized": page numbers +|| are in Indic numerals, and columns run from right to left. +|| +|| - Within Arabic environments bracketed by \begin{arabtext} and +|| \end{arabtext} most LaTeX commands are allowed, including all +|| sectioning commands, \tabular, \tabbing, even \tableofcontents, +|| and use an "Arabic looking" format. All arguments that denote +|| text to be typeset are interpreted according to the currently +|| activated Arabic encoding. Other arguments keep their standard +|| meaning, including the preamble of \tabular, whose columns are +|| processed from left to right (visual formatting). +|| +|| - Outside of Arabic environments the LaTeX commands revert to the +|| standard meaning. +|| +|| The new classes are still in "alpha" status; reports are welcome. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Prof. Klaus Lagally + Institut fuer Informatik + Universitaet Stuttgart + Breitwiesenstrasse 20-22 + D-70565 Stuttgart + GERMANY + + lagally@informatik.uni-stuttgart.de +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +| Copyright (c) 1990 - 1997, Klaus Lagally +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/readme.txt b/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/readme.txt index eef60b15d9..a0a8b08f6c 100644 --- a/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/readme.txt +++ b/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/readme.txt @@ -1,92 +1,92 @@ -README 23.10.2003
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ArabTeX Version 3
- =================
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Last changes: Version 3.11d, 23.10.2003
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- The set of files, of which THIS file is supposed to be part of,
- contains a package extending the capabilities of TeX/LaTeX to
- generate the arabic writing from an ASCII transliteration for
- texts in several languages using the arabic script. Several other
- common encodings are also supported.
-
- The package is available in packed form as "arabtex.zip" and
- "arabtex.tgz". Depending on the server there may be also the
- unpacked files; check for the latest version of "apatch.sty"!
-
- The following ASCII files give more detailed information:
-
- arabtex.doc : a short introduction (rather out of date)
- arabtex.faq : answers to some Frequently Asked Questions
- (updated as necessary)
- changes.txt : release history, new features, and known bugs
- (updated as necessary)
- changes2.txt : older release history up to version 3.00
- install.txt : list of available files, and installation notes
- apatch.sty : last minute corrections; put this file onto the
- TEXINPUT path; it will patch automatically.
- (updated as necessary)
-
- There are also various additional documentation files.
- A subdirectory "REPORT", if still present, is OBSOLETE.
-
- There was a prototype, ArabTeX Version 1, which is now OBSOLETE.
- Version 2 was the first complete release accompanied by a manual,
- but is no more being maintained.
-
- Version 3 is an upward compatible extension of Version 2 with
- many new features, e.g. the possibility to read input files in the
- ASMO 449, ISO 8859-6, and UTF-8 Codes, and many new commands for
- better formatting of Arabic text, or catering for historic writing
- styles. Versions from 3.05 onward contain a package to process
- Hebrew, and provide long right-to-left insertions. For details,
- consult the manual and the ASCII file "readme.305".
-
- ArabTeX is copyrighted by the author. If you use the system for
- scientific work please give appropriate credit to the software
- and the author (e.g. in the colophon of a monograph.) We also
- appreciate a complimentary copy of any scientific work produced
- with ArabTeX.
-
- ArabTeX may be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
- of the LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
- archives in the directory "macros/latex/base/lppl.txt"; either
- version 1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- ArabTeX is an experimental system and supposed to change without
- prior notice. Whoever will use it does so at her/his/its own risk.
- We cannot take any responsibility on correct function, suitability
- for whatever purpose, or correct documentation.
-
- If you have any complaints or suggestions, please forward them to
- the author. We shall consider any reasonable suggestion, but we
- will use our own judgment on any changes, and our resources are
- severely limited.
-
- If problems turn up while running ArabTeX, please check first at
- "ftp.informatik.uni-stuttgart.de" whether there is a new version,
- or whether there are any new corrections in "apatch.sty". If the
- problem goes away with the new version, please inform the server
- you got ArabTeX from; otherwise send a bug report to the author.
-
- The reference site "ftp.informatik.uni-stuttgart.de" always holds
- the current version. We know that the CTAN servers "ftp.tex.ac.uk",
- "ctan.tug.org", and "ftp.dante.de" mirror this site and update on
- a regular schedule.
-
- An empty E-Mail message to "arabtex@informatik.uni-stuttgart.de"
- will produce a current status report.
-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Prof. Klaus Lagally
- Institut fuer Informatik
- Universitaet Stuttgart
- Breitwiesenstrasse 20-22
- D-70565 Stuttgart
- GERMANY
-
- lagally@informatik.uni-stuttgart.de
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Copyright (c) 1990 - 2002, Klaus Lagally
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+README 23.10.2003 +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + ArabTeX Version 3 + ================= +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Last changes: Version 3.11d, 23.10.2003 +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + The set of files, of which THIS file is supposed to be part of, + contains a package extending the capabilities of TeX/LaTeX to + generate the arabic writing from an ASCII transliteration for + texts in several languages using the arabic script. Several other + common encodings are also supported. + + The package is available in packed form as "arabtex.zip" and + "arabtex.tgz". Depending on the server there may be also the + unpacked files; check for the latest version of "apatch.sty"! + + The following ASCII files give more detailed information: + + arabtex.doc : a short introduction (rather out of date) + arabtex.faq : answers to some Frequently Asked Questions + (updated as necessary) + changes.txt : release history, new features, and known bugs + (updated as necessary) + changes2.txt : older release history up to version 3.00 + install.txt : list of available files, and installation notes + apatch.sty : last minute corrections; put this file onto the + TEXINPUT path; it will patch automatically. + (updated as necessary) + + There are also various additional documentation files. + A subdirectory "REPORT", if still present, is OBSOLETE. + + There was a prototype, ArabTeX Version 1, which is now OBSOLETE. + Version 2 was the first complete release accompanied by a manual, + but is no more being maintained. + + Version 3 is an upward compatible extension of Version 2 with + many new features, e.g. the possibility to read input files in the + ASMO 449, ISO 8859-6, and UTF-8 Codes, and many new commands for + better formatting of Arabic text, or catering for historic writing + styles. Versions from 3.05 onward contain a package to process + Hebrew, and provide long right-to-left insertions. For details, + consult the manual and the ASCII file "readme.305". + + ArabTeX is copyrighted by the author. If you use the system for + scientific work please give appropriate credit to the software + and the author (e.g. in the colophon of a monograph.) We also + appreciate a complimentary copy of any scientific work produced + with ArabTeX. + + ArabTeX may be redistributed and/or modified under the terms + of the LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN + archives in the directory "macros/latex/base/lppl.txt"; either + version 1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + ArabTeX is an experimental system and supposed to change without + prior notice. Whoever will use it does so at her/his/its own risk. + We cannot take any responsibility on correct function, suitability + for whatever purpose, or correct documentation. + + If you have any complaints or suggestions, please forward them to + the author. We shall consider any reasonable suggestion, but we + will use our own judgment on any changes, and our resources are + severely limited. + + If problems turn up while running ArabTeX, please check first at + "ftp.informatik.uni-stuttgart.de" whether there is a new version, + or whether there are any new corrections in "apatch.sty". If the + problem goes away with the new version, please inform the server + you got ArabTeX from; otherwise send a bug report to the author. + + The reference site "ftp.informatik.uni-stuttgart.de" always holds + the current version. We know that the CTAN servers "ftp.tex.ac.uk", + "ctan.tug.org", and "ftp.dante.de" mirror this site and update on + a regular schedule. + + An empty E-Mail message to "arabtex@informatik.uni-stuttgart.de" + will produce a current status report. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Prof. Klaus Lagally + Institut fuer Informatik + Universitaet Stuttgart + Breitwiesenstrasse 20-22 + D-70565 Stuttgart + GERMANY + + lagally@informatik.uni-stuttgart.de +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Copyright (c) 1990 - 2002, Klaus Lagally +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/sindhi.tex b/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/sindhi.tex index 6df007c56c..dbd8113386 100644 --- a/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/sindhi.tex +++ b/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/sindhi.tex @@ -1,156 +1,156 @@ -
-\documentclass[12pt]{article}
-\usepackage{arabtex}
-\usepackage{atrans}
-\advance \topsep -10mm
-\advance \textwidth 10mm
-\advance \textheight 10mm
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\title{Sindhi in Arab\TeX}
-\author
-{Klaus Lagally\\
-Institut f\"ur Informatik\\
-Breitwiesenstra\ss e 20--22\\
-D-70565 Stuttgart\\
-GERMANY\\
-\tt mailto:lagallyk@acm.org}
-\date{August 06, 1997}
-
-\maketitle
-
-\setsindhi
-
-There is a new Arab\TeX\ language mode, \verb+\setsindhi+,
-for processing Sindhi texts in the extended Arabic writing.
-
-This mode works only with Arab\TeX\ version 3.06 or later
-and requires an updated version of the font ``nash14''.
-These conditions are checked, if \LaTeX2$\varepsilon$ is used.
-For Plain \TeX\ there are no checks.
-
-To activate the Sindhi mode, select the language by \verb+\setsindhi+.
-Sindhi input texts are encoded in a modification of the
-standard \ArabTeX\ encoding.
-The alphabet is given in Table~\ref {codes}.
-
-For the use of the encoding, see Table~\ref {examples}.
-It contains all Sindhi letters,
-together with their input encoding and a typical example of use.
-For every line the external notation is also given.
-
-%\bigskip
-%Notes:
-\begin{enumerate}
-\itemsep 0pt
-\item
-This is a preliminary version solely
-intended for inspection, experiments, evaluation, and suggestions.
-The final version may differ in details, depending on feedback
-by the users.
-
-\item
-Use hyphens to resolve ambiguities with aspired consonants.
-
-\item
-If the new font is not available,
-the ``wide letter kaf'' is missing.
-We temporarily substitute an ordinary letter kaf with four dots,
-which does not exist, but should be conspicuous enough.
-%Once the font will have been extended, the substitute should disappear.
-
-\item
-Tanween works as expected: \verb+miN+ <miN> , \verb+'|iN+ <'|iN> .
-
-\item
-The user may want to break some ligatures by inserting a vertical bar,
-to get the correct writing, or just for a better appearance of the script.
-
-\end{enumerate}
-
-\begin{table}[tbp]
-\begin{center}
-\large
-\Large
-\tt
-\def <#1>{\<#1> &{\arabfalse \transtrue \<#1>}}
-\begin{tabular}{||c|c|c||c|c|c||c|c|c||c|c|c||}
-\hline
-a &<a> &\~{}n &<~n> &z &<z> &kh &<kh> \\
-b &<b> &\^{}c &<^c> &s &<s> &g &<g> \\
-:b &<:b> &\^{}ch &<^ch> &\^{}s &<^s> &:g &<:g> \\
-bh &<bh> &.h &<.h> &.s &<.s> &gh &<gh> \\
-t &<t> &\_h &<_h> &.d &<.d> &:n &<:n> \\
-th &<th> &d &<d> &.t &<.t> &l &<l> \\
-,t &<,t> &dh &<dh> &.z &<.z> &m &<m> \\
-,th &<,th> &:d &<:d> &` &<`> &n &<n> \\
-\_s &<_s> &,d &<,d> &.g &<.g> &,n &<,n> \\
-p &<p> &,dh &<,dh> &f &<f> &w &<w> \\
-j &<j> &\_d &<_d> &ph &<ph> &,h &<,h> \\
-%:j &<:j> &r &<r> &q &<q> &'| &<'|> \\
-:j &<:j> &r &<r> &q &<q> &h &<h> \\
-jh &<jh> &,r &<,r> &k &<k> &y &<y> \\
-\hline
-a &<B|BaB>&e &<B|BeB>&i &<B|BiB>&o &<B|BoB>\\
-u &<B|BuB>&A &<BA> &E &<BE> &I &<BI> \\
-O &<BO> &U &<BU> &ae &<Bae> &ao &<Bao> \\
-i &<i> &\_A &<B_A> &'A &<'A> &'a &<'a> \\
-'i &<'i> &'y &<'y> &'w &<'w> &'| &<'|> \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-\rm
-\caption{The Sindhi Alphabet}
-\label{codes}
-\end{center}
-\end{table}
-
-\begin{table}[htbp]
-\large
-\begin{arabtext}
-\showtrue
-1: \hfill a <a> anbu \hfill b <b> badaka
-\hfill :b <:b> :bilI \hfill bh <bh> bhOli,rO
-
-2: \hfill t <t> ti:di \hfill th <th> thIlihI
-\hfill ,t <,t> ,tOplO \hfill ,th <,th> ,thUn,thi
-
-3: \hfill _s <\_s> _samara \hfill p <p> pakhO
-\hfill j <j> jahAzu \hfill :j <:j> :jibha
-
-4: \hfill jh <jh> jihrkI \hfill ~n <\~{}n> :ja~na
-\hfill ^c <\^{}c> ^can,du \hfill ^ch <\^{}ch> ^cha,tI
-
-5: \hfill .h <.h> .huqO \hfill _h <\_h> _ha:tu
-\hfill d <d> daru \hfill dh <dh> dhuka.ra
-
-6: \hfill :d <:d> :dOlu \hfill ,d <,d> ,dAkha
-\hfill ,dh <,dh> ,dha:gI \hfill _d <\_d> _da_hIrO
-
-7: \hfill r <r> rIla \hfill ,r <,r> bagha,ru
-\hfill z <z> zAla \hfill s <s> sijju
-
-8: \hfill ^s <\^{}s> ^sInhun \hfill .s <.s> .sUfu
-\hfill .d <.d> .da`Ifu \hfill .t <.t> .tO.tO
-
-9: \hfill .z <.z> .zAlimu \hfill ` <`> `aynaka
-\hfill .g <.g> .gAlI^cO \hfill f <f> fawjI
-
-10: \hfill ph <ph> phUhArO \hfill q <q> qalamu
-\hfill k <k> kutO \hfill kh <kh> kha,ta
-
-11: \hfill g <g> ga:dahu \hfill :g <:g> :gayrO
-\hfill gh <gh> ghO,rO \hfill :n <:n> si:na
-
-12: \hfill l <l> la.ga,ru \hfill m <m> ma^chI
-\hfill n <n> nAngu \hfill ,n <,n> wa,nu
-
-13: \hfill w <w> wA:jO \hfill h <h> hAthI
-\hfill '| <\tt '|> '| \hfill y <y> yakO
-\end{arabtext}
-\caption {Examples for the use of the Sindhi Alphabet}
-\label{examples}
-\end{table}
-
-
-\end{document}
+ +\documentclass[12pt]{article} +\usepackage{arabtex} +\usepackage{atrans} +\advance \topsep -10mm +\advance \textwidth 10mm +\advance \textheight 10mm + +\begin{document} + +\title{Sindhi in Arab\TeX} +\author +{Klaus Lagally\\ +Institut f\"ur Informatik\\ +Breitwiesenstra\ss e 20--22\\ +D-70565 Stuttgart\\ +GERMANY\\ +\tt mailto:lagallyk@acm.org} +\date{August 06, 1997} + +\maketitle + +\setsindhi + +There is a new Arab\TeX\ language mode, \verb+\setsindhi+, +for processing Sindhi texts in the extended Arabic writing. + +This mode works only with Arab\TeX\ version 3.06 or later +and requires an updated version of the font ``nash14''. +These conditions are checked, if \LaTeX2$\varepsilon$ is used. +For Plain \TeX\ there are no checks. + +To activate the Sindhi mode, select the language by \verb+\setsindhi+. +Sindhi input texts are encoded in a modification of the +standard \ArabTeX\ encoding. +The alphabet is given in Table~\ref {codes}. + +For the use of the encoding, see Table~\ref {examples}. +It contains all Sindhi letters, +together with their input encoding and a typical example of use. +For every line the external notation is also given. + +%\bigskip +%Notes: +\begin{enumerate} +\itemsep 0pt +\item +This is a preliminary version solely +intended for inspection, experiments, evaluation, and suggestions. +The final version may differ in details, depending on feedback +by the users. + +\item +Use hyphens to resolve ambiguities with aspired consonants. + +\item +If the new font is not available, +the ``wide letter kaf'' is missing. +We temporarily substitute an ordinary letter kaf with four dots, +which does not exist, but should be conspicuous enough. +%Once the font will have been extended, the substitute should disappear. + +\item +Tanween works as expected: \verb+miN+ <miN> , \verb+'|iN+ <'|iN> . + +\item +The user may want to break some ligatures by inserting a vertical bar, +to get the correct writing, or just for a better appearance of the script. + +\end{enumerate} + +\begin{table}[tbp] +\begin{center} +\large +\Large +\tt +\def <#1>{\<#1> &{\arabfalse \transtrue \<#1>}} +\begin{tabular}{||c|c|c||c|c|c||c|c|c||c|c|c||} +\hline +a &<a> &\~{}n &<~n> &z &<z> &kh &<kh> \\ +b &<b> &\^{}c &<^c> &s &<s> &g &<g> \\ +:b &<:b> &\^{}ch &<^ch> &\^{}s &<^s> &:g &<:g> \\ +bh &<bh> &.h &<.h> &.s &<.s> &gh &<gh> \\ +t &<t> &\_h &<_h> &.d &<.d> &:n &<:n> \\ +th &<th> &d &<d> &.t &<.t> &l &<l> \\ +,t &<,t> &dh &<dh> &.z &<.z> &m &<m> \\ +,th &<,th> &:d &<:d> &` &<`> &n &<n> \\ +\_s &<_s> &,d &<,d> &.g &<.g> &,n &<,n> \\ +p &<p> &,dh &<,dh> &f &<f> &w &<w> \\ +j &<j> &\_d &<_d> &ph &<ph> &,h &<,h> \\ +%:j &<:j> &r &<r> &q &<q> &'| &<'|> \\ +:j &<:j> &r &<r> &q &<q> &h &<h> \\ +jh &<jh> &,r &<,r> &k &<k> &y &<y> \\ +\hline +a &<B|BaB>&e &<B|BeB>&i &<B|BiB>&o &<B|BoB>\\ +u &<B|BuB>&A &<BA> &E &<BE> &I &<BI> \\ +O &<BO> &U &<BU> &ae &<Bae> &ao &<Bao> \\ +i &<i> &\_A &<B_A> &'A &<'A> &'a &<'a> \\ +'i &<'i> &'y &<'y> &'w &<'w> &'| &<'|> \\ +\hline +\end{tabular} +\rm +\caption{The Sindhi Alphabet} +\label{codes} +\end{center} +\end{table} + +\begin{table}[htbp] +\large +\begin{arabtext} +\showtrue +1: \hfill a <a> anbu \hfill b <b> badaka +\hfill :b <:b> :bilI \hfill bh <bh> bhOli,rO + +2: \hfill t <t> ti:di \hfill th <th> thIlihI +\hfill ,t <,t> ,tOplO \hfill ,th <,th> ,thUn,thi + +3: \hfill _s <\_s> _samara \hfill p <p> pakhO +\hfill j <j> jahAzu \hfill :j <:j> :jibha + +4: \hfill jh <jh> jihrkI \hfill ~n <\~{}n> :ja~na +\hfill ^c <\^{}c> ^can,du \hfill ^ch <\^{}ch> ^cha,tI + +5: \hfill .h <.h> .huqO \hfill _h <\_h> _ha:tu +\hfill d <d> daru \hfill dh <dh> dhuka.ra + +6: \hfill :d <:d> :dOlu \hfill ,d <,d> ,dAkha +\hfill ,dh <,dh> ,dha:gI \hfill _d <\_d> _da_hIrO + +7: \hfill r <r> rIla \hfill ,r <,r> bagha,ru +\hfill z <z> zAla \hfill s <s> sijju + +8: \hfill ^s <\^{}s> ^sInhun \hfill .s <.s> .sUfu +\hfill .d <.d> .da`Ifu \hfill .t <.t> .tO.tO + +9: \hfill .z <.z> .zAlimu \hfill ` <`> `aynaka +\hfill .g <.g> .gAlI^cO \hfill f <f> fawjI + +10: \hfill ph <ph> phUhArO \hfill q <q> qalamu +\hfill k <k> kutO \hfill kh <kh> kha,ta + +11: \hfill g <g> ga:dahu \hfill :g <:g> :gayrO +\hfill gh <gh> ghO,rO \hfill :n <:n> si:na + +12: \hfill l <l> la.ga,ru \hfill m <m> ma^chI +\hfill n <n> nAngu \hfill ,n <,n> wa,nu + +13: \hfill w <w> wA:jO \hfill h <h> hAthI +\hfill '| <\tt '|> '| \hfill y <y> yakO +\end{arabtext} +\caption {Examples for the use of the Sindhi Alphabet} +\label{examples} +\end{table} + + +\end{document} diff --git a/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/uighur.tex b/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/uighur.tex index dbd31d46fb..772647bdd3 100644 --- a/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/uighur.tex +++ b/language/arabic/arabtex/doc/txt/uighur.tex @@ -1,121 +1,121 @@ -%\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article}
-\documentclass[12pt]{article}
-\usepackage{arabtex}
-
-\parindent 0pt
-\parskip 2mm
-
-\advance \textwidth 20mm
-\advance \textheight 20mm
-%\pagestyle{empty}
-
-\makeatletter
-\def \({\a@verb}
-\makeatother
-
-\begin{document}
-\title{Uighuric in Arab\TeX}
-\author
-{Klaus Lagally\\
-Institut f\"ur Informatik\\
-Breitwiesenstra\ss e 20--22\\
-D-70565 Stuttgart\\
-GERMANY\\
-%\verb+mailto:lagallyk@acm.org+
-\tt mailto:lagallyk@acm.org
-}
-\date{August 06, 1997}
-\maketitle
-
-\setuighur
-\vocalize
-
-There is a new Arab\TeX\ language mode, \verb+\setuighur+,
-for processing Uighuric texts in the extended Arabic writing.
-
-This mode works only with Arab\TeX\ version 3.06 or later.
-
-Uighuric input texts are encoded in a modification of the
-standard \ArabTeX\ encoding, see
-column~5 of the Table.
-Please observe that in Uighuric all characters are coded verbatim.
-
-This language mode is strictly experimental
-and expected to contain errors.
-Please report your experience and suggestions
-for changes and improvements to the author.
-% at \verb+mailto:lagallyk@acm.org+
-
-\newpage
-\parskip 0pt
-
-\begin{center}
-Arab\TeX\ encoding of Uighuric
-\end{center}
-
-\parbox[t]{75mm}{%
-\null
-\begin{tabular}{|r|cccc@{ = }c@{ (}c@{)
- \vrule width0pt height13pt depth10pt}l|}
-\hline
- & 1 & 2 & 3 & 4 & 5 & 6 & 7 \\
-\hline
-01& & & <Ba> & <a> &\(a> & 01 & a \\
-02& & & <B:a> & <:a> &\(:a> & 02 & \"a \\
-03& & & <Bd> & <d> &\(d> & 09 & de \\
-04& & & <Br> & <r> &\(r> & 10 & re \\
-05& & & <Bz> & <z> &\(z> & 11 & ze \\
-06& & & <B^z> & <^z> &\(^z> & 12 & \v ze \\
-07& & & <Bo> & <o> &\(o> & 25 & o \\
-08& & & <B:o> & <:o> &\(:o> & 27 & \"o \\
-09& & & <Bu> & <u> &\(u> & 26 & u \\
-10& & & <B:u> & <:u> &\(:u> & 28 & \"u \\
-11& & & <Bw> & <w> &\(w> & 29 & we \\
-12&<bB> &<BbB> & <Bb> & <b> &\(b> & 03 & be \\
-13&<pB> &<BpB> & <Bp> & <p> &\(p> & 04 & pe \\
-14&<tB> &<BtB> & <Bt> & <t> &\(t> & 05 & te \\
-15&<nB> &<BnB> & <Bn> & <n> &\(n> & 23 & ne \\
-16&<jB> &<BjB> & <Bj> & <j> &\(j> & 06 & je \\
-17&<^cB>&<B^cB> & <B^c> & <^c> &\(^c> & 07 & \v ce \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}}\hfil
-\parbox[t]{75mm}{%
-\null
-\begin{tabular}{|r|cccc@{ = }c@{ (}c@{)
- \vrule width0pt height13pt depth10pt}l|}
-\hline
- & 1 & 2 & 3 & 4 & 5 & 6 & 7 \\
-\hline
-18&<xB> &<BxB> & <Bx> & <x> &\(x> & 08 & xe \\
-19&<iB> &<BiB> & <Bi> & <i> &\(i> & 31 & i \\
-20&<eB> &<BeB> & <Be> & <e> &\(e> & 30 & e \\
-21&<yB> &<ByB> & <By> & <y> &\(y> & 32 & y \\
-22&<sB> &<BsB> & <Bs> & <s> &\(s> & 13 & se \\
-23&<^sB>&<B^sB> & <B^s> & <^s> &\(^s> & 14 & \v se \\
-24&<^gB>&<B^gB> & <B^g> & <^g> &\(^g> & 15 & \v ge \\
-25&<fB> &<BfB> & <Bf> & <f> &\(f> & 16 & fe \\
-26&<qB> &<BqB> & <Bq> & <q> &\(q> & 17 & qe \\
-27&<kB> &<BkB> & <Bk> & <k> &\(k> & 18 & ke \\
-28&<~nB>&<B~nB> & <B~n> & <~n> &\(~n> & 20 & $\eta$e \\
-29&<gB> &<BgB> & <Bg> & <g> &\(g> & 19 & ge \\
-30&<lB> &<BlB> & <Bl> & <l> &\(l> & 21 & le \\
-31&<mB> &<BmB> & <Bm> & <m> &\(m> & 22 & me \\
-32&<hB> &<BhB> & <Bh> & <h> &\(h> & 24 & he \\
-33&<'B> &<B'B> & & &\('> & & \\
-34& & & <Bl"A>& <l"A> &\(la> & & \\
-\hline
-\end{tabular}}
-
-\begin{enumerate}
-\itemsep 0pt
-\item initial shape
-\item medial shape
-\item final shape
-\item isolated shape
-\item external encoding
-\item sorting position
-\item name
-\end{enumerate}
-
-%\vfill \today
-\end{document}
+%\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article} +\documentclass[12pt]{article} +\usepackage{arabtex} + +\parindent 0pt +\parskip 2mm + +\advance \textwidth 20mm +\advance \textheight 20mm +%\pagestyle{empty} + +\makeatletter +\def \({\a@verb} +\makeatother + +\begin{document} +\title{Uighuric in Arab\TeX} +\author +{Klaus Lagally\\ +Institut f\"ur Informatik\\ +Breitwiesenstra\ss e 20--22\\ +D-70565 Stuttgart\\ +GERMANY\\ +%\verb+mailto:lagallyk@acm.org+ +\tt mailto:lagallyk@acm.org +} +\date{August 06, 1997} +\maketitle + +\setuighur +\vocalize + +There is a new Arab\TeX\ language mode, \verb+\setuighur+, +for processing Uighuric texts in the extended Arabic writing. + +This mode works only with Arab\TeX\ version 3.06 or later. + +Uighuric input texts are encoded in a modification of the +standard \ArabTeX\ encoding, see +column~5 of the Table. +Please observe that in Uighuric all characters are coded verbatim. + +This language mode is strictly experimental +and expected to contain errors. +Please report your experience and suggestions +for changes and improvements to the author. +% at \verb+mailto:lagallyk@acm.org+ + +\newpage +\parskip 0pt + +\begin{center} +Arab\TeX\ encoding of Uighuric +\end{center} + +\parbox[t]{75mm}{% +\null +\begin{tabular}{|r|cccc@{ = }c@{ (}c@{) + \vrule width0pt height13pt depth10pt}l|} +\hline + & 1 & 2 & 3 & 4 & 5 & 6 & 7 \\ +\hline +01& & & <Ba> & <a> &\(a> & 01 & a \\ +02& & & <B:a> & <:a> &\(:a> & 02 & \"a \\ +03& & & <Bd> & <d> &\(d> & 09 & de \\ +04& & & <Br> & <r> &\(r> & 10 & re \\ +05& & & <Bz> & <z> &\(z> & 11 & ze \\ +06& & & <B^z> & <^z> &\(^z> & 12 & \v ze \\ +07& & & <Bo> & <o> &\(o> & 25 & o \\ +08& & & <B:o> & <:o> &\(:o> & 27 & \"o \\ +09& & & <Bu> & <u> &\(u> & 26 & u \\ +10& & & <B:u> & <:u> &\(:u> & 28 & \"u \\ +11& & & <Bw> & <w> &\(w> & 29 & we \\ +12&<bB> &<BbB> & <Bb> & <b> &\(b> & 03 & be \\ +13&<pB> &<BpB> & <Bp> & <p> &\(p> & 04 & pe \\ +14&<tB> &<BtB> & <Bt> & <t> &\(t> & 05 & te \\ +15&<nB> &<BnB> & <Bn> & <n> &\(n> & 23 & ne \\ +16&<jB> &<BjB> & <Bj> & <j> &\(j> & 06 & je \\ +17&<^cB>&<B^cB> & <B^c> & <^c> &\(^c> & 07 & \v ce \\ +\hline +\end{tabular}}\hfil +\parbox[t]{75mm}{% +\null +\begin{tabular}{|r|cccc@{ = }c@{ (}c@{) + \vrule width0pt height13pt depth10pt}l|} +\hline + & 1 & 2 & 3 & 4 & 5 & 6 & 7 \\ +\hline +18&<xB> &<BxB> & <Bx> & <x> &\(x> & 08 & xe \\ +19&<iB> &<BiB> & <Bi> & <i> &\(i> & 31 & i \\ +20&<eB> &<BeB> & <Be> & <e> &\(e> & 30 & e \\ +21&<yB> &<ByB> & <By> & <y> &\(y> & 32 & y \\ +22&<sB> &<BsB> & <Bs> & <s> &\(s> & 13 & se \\ +23&<^sB>&<B^sB> & <B^s> & <^s> &\(^s> & 14 & \v se \\ +24&<^gB>&<B^gB> & <B^g> & <^g> &\(^g> & 15 & \v ge \\ +25&<fB> &<BfB> & <Bf> & <f> &\(f> & 16 & fe \\ +26&<qB> &<BqB> & <Bq> & <q> &\(q> & 17 & qe \\ +27&<kB> &<BkB> & <Bk> & <k> &\(k> & 18 & ke \\ +28&<~nB>&<B~nB> & <B~n> & <~n> &\(~n> & 20 & $\eta$e \\ +29&<gB> &<BgB> & <Bg> & <g> &\(g> & 19 & ge \\ +30&<lB> &<BlB> & <Bl> & <l> &\(l> & 21 & le \\ +31&<mB> &<BmB> & <Bm> & <m> &\(m> & 22 & me \\ +32&<hB> &<BhB> & <Bh> & <h> &\(h> & 24 & he \\ +33&<'B> &<B'B> & & &\('> & & \\ +34& & & <Bl"A>& <l"A> &\(la> & & \\ +\hline +\end{tabular}} + +\begin{enumerate} +\itemsep 0pt +\item initial shape +\item medial shape +\item final shape +\item isolated shape +\item external encoding +\item sorting position +\item name +\end{enumerate} + +%\vfill \today +\end{document} |